Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive in 2007 witii funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation littp://www.arcliive.org/details/courseoffrenchlaOOfasqricli COURSE OF THE FRENCH LANGUiaE: INTRODUCTORY TO FASQUELLE'S. LARGER FRENCH COURSE. BT LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D., PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE, AUTHOR OF "A NEW METHOD OF LEARNING THE FRENCH LANGUAGE," "THE COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER," "MA:!5fUAL,OF FRF.NCn CONVFKdATIOx'f," ETC, '£{Tv.^ ETC. ' * ' NEW YOKK: IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR, & COMPANY, X3S & J'tn Gband Stbsbi, 1874. QOZ Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by LOUIS FASQUELLE, In the Clerk's Office oi the District Court of the United Btafies for t*» District of Michigan. EliECTROTTPED BY Thomas B. Smith & Sow, 82 & SI BeekmaL-street PREFACE. Seyen years have now elapsed since the publication of the " New French Method" or Larger Course ; it has already passed through more than ^y large editions in this country, and been several times republished in England.* The almost general approbation bestowed upon "Fasquelle's French Course," and the increasing popularity of his other text-books, induced the author, nearly two years ago, to commence the preparation of an easier work for children ; and, after a longer delay than he had anticipated, he has now the pleasure of presenting the Introductory Course to the numerous friends of his French Series. The book is intended to impart to the young student the easier principles of the French language, and to give him a good knowledge of the regular verbs, and of those irregular verbs wliieh may be classified ; in short, to form an Introduction to the "New Method" or Larger Course. The aim of the author, in the whole course of the work, has been to give simple precepts, such as children may easily understand, and to illustrate the same by copious examples, easy to be imitated. Repetition in the rules has not ^een avoided where such repetition would render the meaning more intelligible. The fi-equent repetitions in the vocabularies are also intentional; and after the nouns, in these, the gender is indicated. This method has been preferred to that of placing the article before such nouns. * By the enterprising and popular publisher, Mr. Cassell, of Ludgate Hill, London. First in his " Popular Educator," and afterwards in book form, in two parts. Mr. Cassell has also republished Mr. Woodbury's excellent Germaa text-books. 272528 IV PREFACE. Placing the proper article, possessive or demonstrative adjective be- fore the nouns, will furnish the pupil with an additional and very beneficial exercise. The explanation of the few grammatical terms used in the work has been left for the instructor. In the first part of the work, the principal rules of pronunciation . have been given in the plainest manner, and exercises on the rules placed after them. In this, the pupil should be thoroughly exer- cised before proceeding to the other lessons. The pupil, of course, should always be perfectly familiar with one lesson before taking another.. Every exercise in translation from English into Erench should always be recited two or three times. After a r ew lesson has been said, the exercise of the preceding one should be reviewed, and if there be time, that of the lesson preceding the last. Where the same is practicable, the exercises of the day should be committed to writing. The young pupil should be thoroughly exercised in putting the stem or first part of different verbs, to the terminations proper to them. One of the principal aims the author has had in view in the preparation of this Introductory Course, has been to give the pupil a good knowledge of the verbs, so rarely to be met with, yet without which no student can ever be conversant with any language. L. F. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, November 17th, 1838, CONTENTS. PAG9 Preface, 3 LESSON I.— The Alphabet.— Old Names of the Letters.— New Names of the Consonants, 9 LESSON II. — Pronunciation. — The Consonants. — The Simple Vowels, 10 LESSON III.— The Accents.— The Apostrophe.— The Diseresis, 13 LESSON IV.— Diphthongs and Combmed Vowels, ... 15 LESSON v.— The Nasal Sounds, 18 LESSON VI.— The Liquid Z.— The Soft :7^, .... 21 LESSON VIL— The Silent ^.— The Final Consonants, . . 23 LESSON VIII.— The Article.— Gender, 26 LESSON IX.— Gender continued.— Un, Une ; A or An^ . . 28 LESSON X.— Place in the Sentence of the Name of Material of which an Object is Composed. — The Present Tense of the Verb Avoir, Conjugated Interrogatively, .... 31 LESSON XL— The Compound Article Du ; also, de l\ de la, . 34 LESSON XIL— Place in the Sentence of the Object Possessed and of the Name of the Possessor. — Compound Article Au ; also, a V and a la, 37 LESSON XIII.— Place of the Noun in a Question.— Kepetition of the Article, 40 LESSON XIV.— The Possessive Adjectives.— Mon, Ton, Son, &c., ^ . ' . . .43 LESSON XV. — The Possessive Pronouns. — Le mien, La mienne, &c., ^ /:? LESSON XVL— The Demonstrative Adjectives.— Ce, Cette, &c.. This, That, 60 VI CONTENTS, PAGE LESSON XVII.— Form of the Negative Sentence— Ne, Pas, Kien, 54 LESSON XVIIi. — Quelqu'un, Some one, Somebody. — Personne, Nobody, 57 LESSON XIX. — Pas de, point de, No, not any. — Quel, quelle, Which, what, 61 LESSON XX.— Avoir faim, To he hungry.— Avoir soif, To be thirsty, c&c.j 64 LESSON XXI.— Present of the Indicative of fitre. To J^.— Inter- rogative Form. — Negative Form. — Negative and Interroga- tive Form. — Order of Words in a Question beginning with Oi!i", WTiere, 68 LESSON XXII.— Feminine Form of Adjectives, ... 71 LESSON XXIII.— Irregular Adjectives, 75 LESSON XXIV.— Place of the Adjective, 78 LESSON XXV.— The Plural.— The Noun.— The Article, . . 81 LESSON XXVI.— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural, . 84 LESSON XXVII.— The Plural, continued.— Plural of Adjectives, 88 LESSON XXVIII.— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural of Adjectives, . . .91 LESSON XXIX.— The Plural, continued.— Possessive Adjec- tives and Pronouns, 95 LESSON XXX. — The Plural, continued. — Demonstrative Adjec- tives and Pronouns, 99 LESSON XXXL— Conjugation of Verbs.— First Conjugation, ending in er. — Present of Indicative of Preter, Donner, and Demander, 102 LESSON XXXII.— First Conjugation of Verbs, continued.— In- terrogative Form, 107 LESSON XXXIII.— Verbs of First Conjugation, continued.— Negative, and Negative and Interrogative Form, . . .111 LESSON XXXIV.— Irregular Verbs.— .4^Zer, Couvrir, Cueillir, &c., 115 LESSON XXXV.— Verbs of Second Conjugation, ending in ir. Present of Indicative of Pwwir and i^imr, . . . . 119 CONTENTS VH PAGK tiESSON XXXVI.— Second Conjugation, continued.— Verbs end- ing in tir, — Sortir and Partir^ 123 LESSON XXXVIL— Second Conjugation, continued.— Verbs ending in enir. — Venir and Tenir, 127 LESSON XXXVIII.— Third Conjugation.— Verbs ending in dr. Devoir and Becevoir^ 131 LESSON XXXIX.— Verbs of Fourth Coajugation, ending in re. Entendre and Ferdre, 136 LESSON XL.— Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending in uire. — Conduire and Traduire^ 140 LESSON XLI. — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending in aitre and mtre. — Connaltre and Crmtre, .... 144 LESSON XLIL — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — ^Verbs ending in indre. — Peindre and Craindre, 148 LESSON XLIIL— The Personal Pronouns.-Their Place, . . 152 LESSON XLIV.— Personal Pronouns, continued, . . .156 LESSON XLV.—Eespective Place of Pronouns, . . . .159 LESSON XLVL— The Past Participle.— The Past Indefinite, . 164 LESSON XLVIL— The Present Participle.— The Imperfect of the Indicative, 168 LESSON XLVIIL— The Imperfect, continued.— Irregular Verbs, 173 LESSON XLIX.— The Pluperfect.— Place of Adverbs, • . 178 LESSON L.— The Past Definite.— Its Use, 182 LESSON LI. — The Past Definite, continued.— Second and Fourth Conjugations. — Finir and Vendre. — Conduire and Peindre. — Venir^ 186 LESSON LII.— The Past Definite, contmued.— Third Conjuga- tion.— ^^c^yo^r, 191 LESSON LIIL— The Past Anterior.— Aussi, As; Plus, More, &c., 195 LESSON LIV.— The Future.— First and Second Conjugations. — Donner and Finir, 200 LESSON LV.— The Future, continued.— Third and Fourth Con- jugations. — Conduire, Connaltre, Peindre, Avoir, Eire, . 204 LESSON LVI.— The Future Anterior. — Autant de, As much; Plus de. More ; Moins de, Less, ' 209 VUl CONTENTS. PAGB LESSON LVII.— The Conditional.— First and Second Conjuga- tions. — Sentir^ Ouvrir^ &c., 213 LESSON LVIII.— The Conditional, continued.— Third and Fourth Conjugations. — Gonduire, ConnaUre^ Peindre^ . . 218 LESSON LIX.— Conditional Past.— Eelative Pronouns, . . 223 LESSON LX.— The Imperative.— The Four Conjugations.— Donner^ F'mir^ Eecevoir^ and Vendre^ 223 LESSON LXI. — The Imperative, continued. — Irregular Verbs. — Avoir^ JEtrej 223 LESSON LXII.— Place of Pronouns with the Imperative, . . 237 LESSON LXIIL— Tlie Subjunctive.— First and Fourth Conjuga- tions. — Ouvrir, Gueillir, &c., 242 LESSON LXIV.— The Subjunctive, continued.— Second and Third Conjugation. — Comiaitre ; Avoir, Eire, . . . 247 LESSON LXV.— The Past of the Subjunctive, .... 252 LESSON LXVI.— The Imperfect of the Subjunctive.— First Con- jugation, 257 LESSON LXVII. — Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued. — Second and Fourth Conjugations, 261 LESSON LXVIIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— Third Conjugation, , 266 LESSON LXIX.— The Pluperfect of the Subjunctive, . . 271 Appendix. I.— The Days of the Week, 276 II.— The Months of the Year, 276 III.— The Seasons, 276 IV.— The Numbers, 277 v.— TJie Auxiliary Verbs, 297 VI.— The Four Conjugations of Verbs, 287 VII. — Conjugation of a Passive Verb, 295 Vin. — Conjugationof aKeflective Verb, . . . . 29S FASQUELIE-'S INTRODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE. LEgON I. LESSOK I. THE ALPHABET. 1 . The French language has twenty-five letters : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, ah, bay, say, day, eh, eff, jay,* ash, ee, J, K, L, M, ]Sr, O, P, Q, R, jee,* kah, ell, emm, enn, o, pay, ku, err, S, T, IT, V, (W), X, Y, Z. ess, tay, u, vay, double vay,eeks, egrec,zed. 2. The alphabet is divided into six vowels : A, E, I, O, U, Y,' and nineteen consonants : B, C, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, IST, P, Q, R, S, T, V, (W), X, Z. 3. The new names given to the French consonants are taken from their sounds in words. They may * J like s in pleasure. 10 PA-S.QTjfBLLE'S^ IKTEODUCTOET generally be found by pronouncing a word, in English, ending with the required consonant and a silent e. The new name of B, therefore, is pronounced like be in the word globe / that of D like de in glacle ; F like fe in chafe ; G like gue in league^ &c. H is pronounced nearly like hu in the word hurry, 4. The new names of the French consonants are seldom used. Exercise 1. Give the common or old names of the letters. — Rule 1. The vowels. The consonants. The new names of the consonants. — Rule 3. ' LEgON II. LESSON II. PROmJNCIATION. ^THE CONSONANTS. THE SIMPLE VOWELS. 1. B, D, F, G before a and o, K, L,* M, IST, P, T,t Z, at the beginning of words or syllables, are pro- nounced as in English. 2. C is hard as in English before a, o, ii, and soft be- ^ Not liquid. See Lesson VI, Rule 1. f Not before ion, ial, iel See Lesson YI, Rule 4. I'RENCH COURSE. 11 fore e and L With the cedilla (9) it is also soft before a, o, u, 3. G before e and ^ is pronounced like s m pleasure. 4. H is silent or mute in most words. It is aspirate 01- pronounced slightly in others. See list in Fasquelle's New French Course, page 25. The words commen- cing with h aspirate will be in the vocabularies of this book marked with an asterisk (*). 5. J is always pronounced like s in pleasure, or z in azure, 6. R is pronounced more distinctly than in English. It has in French something of the trill or roll given to that letter by the Irish. i^ 7. S at the beginning of a word, and when not be- ^ tween two vowels, is pronounced as in the English word sun. Between two vowels it is pronounced like s in rose, ) 8. y is softer in French than in English. 9. X at the beginning of words is pronounced like gz. In the middle of words, generally like ks, 10. Ch is pronounced generally as sh in English. Gn like ni in the English word minion, Gu is pronounced generally as g in get, Ph like/*, as in English. Qu is generally pronounced like h in hing, Th is pronounced like t. 12 pasquelle's intboductobt 11. A in French, sounds as (Z in the English words mat^ TCit, E(at the end of words ) ^, (( (( (C y^o/A* \ of one syUable, as / "" LUf . I nearly like 66 " " '' 7'eed^ CVeed, O between o in nor^ and o in no U has no exact representative in English. To pronounce it, the lips should be compressed a little more closely than in whistling. E XEECISE 2. Ba be bi bo bu Ca ce ci 90 9U Cha che chi cho chu Da de di do du Fa fe fi fo fu Ga ge gi go gu Gna gne gni gno gnu ■ ., Gua gue gui guo Ha he hi ho hu Ja je j> jo j^ Ka ke ki ko ku La le U lo lu Ma me mi mo mu Na ne ni no nu Pa pe pi po pu Pha phe phi pho pliu Qua que qui quo quu* Ra re ri ro ru * Pronounced like ku in French in the words piq^lre or piquure^ sUng ; quelqu'un, some one, &c. FRENCH COURSE. 13 Sa se SI so su Ta te ti to tu Tha the thi tho thu Ya ve vi vo vu Za ze zi zo zu . LECOIsr III. LESSON^ III. THE ACCENi^, THE APOSTROPHE. THE DIURESIS. 7 1. The French language has three accents : C'ML' 1. The acute ('), from right to left, and used only over e ; thus, e. i?t^*.V 2. The grave (^), from left to right, used over a, e, u / thus, a, e, ii. 3. The circumflex (^), the other two united, used over a, 6, i^ o, u y a, e, i, o, u. 2. The grave accent on a (a) and u (oi\) does not change the pronunciation of those vowels. :' 3. ^ is pronounced as a, in the English words /ar, rather. " '• a '' " " mate^ table. « " 6 " " " met, bet. " " a " " " dare, fare. " " 66 " " " eel, feel. " " o " " " no. 11 is longer than the unaccented u. J at the end of a syllable is pronounced like the French i. y e " L h " 6 " z^ i " !) 6 " 14 fasquelle's introductory Ou . 4. E without an accent, at the end of a word of more than one syllable, is silent. 5. The apostrophe (') shows the elision or leaving out of e in words of one syllable ;* of a in la before a vowel or silent h ; and of ^ in si before il and Us, 6. The diaeresis (") is put over a vowel to separa te it in pronunciation from a preceding vowel. Ex E R c I s E 3^ xL a. ^j-/ ;C" ^/(ff^-^i - -lUt^ ba b6 be be bt' bp bil c^' ce *■ ' r'c^ ce ci . 911 jI cha ch6 cho che chi cho chil d& de de de di do dii m f6 fe fe fi io fu ge g^ ge g^ go g" gne gn5 gne gni gno gnu hA he he he hi ho hii , j^ je je j^ ji J6 j^^ la 16 le le li 16 111 ma me mh me mi mo mu na n6 nh n^ ni no nu pa Pe pe pe pi p6 pa / pha phe ph5 ph6 phi pho phuL qua que que que qui quo qil r& re re re ri I'd lU * Also in parce que, quoique, puisque, jusque — que is not elided before oui. Ex., je dis que oui, / say it is so ; le, la are not elided before onze, onzieme. FRENCH COURSE. 15 sk s6 sh s6 si so 811 tk, tk th t6 ti t6 u\ tha the the th6 thi th6 thil \k v6 v6 v6 vi v6 Vll xk xe xe x6 xi x6 Xll z& ze zh z6 zi z6 # zn LEgOlSr IV. LESSOK IV. DIPHTHONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS. Pronounce : 1. ai 1 eai Tl '' ay ey like the letter a in the English words /ate^ table. / ai ) followed by s, d, t, x, like ai in the English) leai [ wordpai7\^ I nearly like o in the English words oh, home. I nearly like u in the English word m%^ -'" 2. au eau 3. eu CBU 4. oi, nearly like wa in was. 5. ou, hke oo in the English word cool. 6. ia, nearly like ia in the English word medial. * -E^j^ in the verb avoir like the French uinvu. 16 pasquelle's introductory 7. ie like ee in the English word hee, 8. ua ) the u is pronounced lightly, though' distinctly, ) the a or o more strongly. uo 9. ui j. have no equivalent in English. S"l 10. In ay, ey, oy, uy, followed by a vowel, y is pro- nounced like two ^'s : moy'en, ckoyen, are pronounced moi-ien, citoi-ien ; pays, pay sage, paysan, etc., are pro- nounced pai-is, pai-isage, pai-isan. 11. Gua, gue, gui, guo, are pronounced like gah^ ga^ gee^ go / gue is pronounced like gue in tongue. The u after g is not sounded before the other vowels. ^ Exercise 4. bai ^ 9ai bais qais bau ^cau beau ■^ ceau ^bceu ^coeu beu ^ceu dai dais dau deau doeu deu fei fais fau fai foeu feu ^ geai geais geau gai goeu geu X guai guais gau gei gueu gay gnai gnais gnau gneau gnoeu gneu jai jais jau jeau ja3U jeu lai lais lau leau loeu leu mai mais mau mean moeu meu nai nais nau neau noeu neu FRENCH COURSE. bue bk bie buft bui buo ^ue cia cie cua cui cuo due dia die dua dui duo fue fia fie fua fui fttO ^ g^ gia gie &W ^gui go gue gue gu^ gua gui -^ geo gnue gnia gnie gne gni gno jue jia jie jua jui- juo lue lia lie lu6, lui luo mue mia mie mua mui muo nue nia nie nua nui nuo .'A.. ,• ^ -^ : ' ^A, # 17 Exercise 5. pai pais pau peau poeu peu phai phais phau pheau phoeu pheu quai* quais quau queau quoeu queu rai rais rau reau roeu reu sai sais sau seau soeu seu tai tais tau teau toeu teu thai thais thau theau thoeu theu vai vais vau veau voeu veu k% u ^ gz u (7» Q» xai xais xau xeau xoeu xeu zai zais zau zeau zoeu zeu pue pia pie pua pui puo phue phia phie phua phui phuo que quia quie qua qui quo rue ria rie rua rui ruo sue sia sie 2 sua sui suo 18 pasquelle's inteoductoet tue tia tie tua tui tuo thue thia thie thua thui thuo vue via vie vua vui vuo xue 9* xia ka xie 9^ xua XI xo zue zia zie zua zui zuo LEgON V. LESSON V. THE NASAL SOUNDS. 1. The nasal sounds are : am an ean em en pronounced nearly like an in want SLudpant. en, after ^, at the end of a word, is pronounced nearly like an in sank^ crank, c^ju^ > nearly like an in sank, crank. 2. aim ^ ain ein im in ym 3. eon om [• nearly Uke on in song, wrong, on FEENCH COURSE. 19 4. um ) pronounced nearly like un in hunting^ un \ \0Tung, 5. When the m or 7i of the above combinations is doubled, there is no nasal sound, and the vowel is shorter than in the nasal syllable. 6. When those combinations are followed by a vowel or a silent A, the ra or n is carried to the next syllable', and the preceding vowel has its proper sound. Exercise 6. blan blen bien* bain bin bein ben brun cran ^an cien* cain cin cein cen clun dan don dien* daim din dein den dun fran fron flan faim fin frein fen fum gean gan gron grain gin gein gen gun guan gnan gnon gnain gnin gnein gnen gnun jean jain jon jain Jin jein jen jun Ian len Ion lain lin lien* lam luu Exercise 7. man men mien* main min mon mein mun nan nen nain naim nin non nym nun plan pren pain pen pin plon plom plun quan quen quain quien''' " quin qu'on qu'en qu'un ran ren rain rien* rin ron rein run * See en, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 20 fasquelle's introductort san sen sain sien* sm son seni sun tan tern tain tien* tim ton tein tun van ven vain vien* vin von vein vun can zem zain zien zin zon zein zun '^ ruban Exercise turban 8. brandon crainte bonte plainte oncle feinte monde aucun tribun lundi loin coin foin combien* gardien* maintien* ambigu entire benin encore embleme mailin entree empli imbu nombre ombre pronom branle fantome friand plaindre montre craindre faucon romain fa^on parfum poinqon italien* quelqu'un temoin ancien* impor4iun lointain comedien* dentiste encre fendre temple impur cotoa tempete timbre bonbon emploi enclin daim * See 671, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. {l. FRENCH COURSE. 21 LEgON VI. LESSON VI. THE LIQUID X. THE SOFT TI, J[. X or II preceded by i (il^ ill)^ not in the begin, ning, but in the middle or at the end of words,* has the hquid sound found in the EngHsh words, William^ brilliant.^ 2. Many of the French give to the hquid I the sound of ye in the EngUsh word eye. This pronunciation is now so common, that it is no longer deemed wrong. 3. Al^ 6^, preceding the liquid I, have not their com- mon sound {a in fate) ; at has the sound of a in fat^ and el of e in there. Tlie i seems merely to indicate the liquid sound of the I, 4. T is pronounced like c in cedar^ or 5 in s^V, in the combinations tial^ tiel^ tion^ in the middle or at the end of words; 2i^^ portion^ partial^ esse?itieL If these syl- lables are preceded by s or ic, the t is hard. In patient^ patience, Gratien, mitier, ^gyptien., &c., it is also pro- nounced like s in sh\ The French words in which the above combinations occur are very much like the English words which have the same meaning, and in Avhich ti has the sound of 5/1. * L is not liquid in fi\ Brhi\ Nil, mil, mille, viUe, profil, tranquille, &c. Tt is silent in baril, chenil, coutil, Jils, fusil, gril, outil, jpersil, pouls, so HI, sourcil. 22 fasquelle's inteoductoby reENCH W0ED8. ENGLISH WORDS. Kation Nation Notion Notion Ration Ration Patience Patience Confidentiel Confidential 5. In words ending with tie (in English cy), t is also pronounced like c in cedar : aristocratie, aristocracy ; democrsitie^ democracy^ EXEECISE 9. V! bataille , ecureuil man till e patrouille bataillon sommeil tailleur bouillon bouteille portail feuille travail oseille serail cueillirf eventail cerfeuil abeille feuillage detail ail corbeille medaille vieillard postilion oreille medaillon fauteuil cotillon merveille echantillon linceul papillon meilleur million cercueil Bastille conseil paille seuil famille mouille portail deuil fille citrouille orgueil* muraille grille grenouille ecueilf ceil* jonquille bail * (Ein ceil, and ite in orgiteil, are pronounced nearly like u in bud, f Cue in tliis verb and its derivatives, as also in cercueil^ is pro- nounced nearly like cu in curl). FRENCH COURSE, 23 Exercise 10* caution addition diplomatic Gratien ablution conviction emotion insatiable tradition Dalmatie discretion minutie^ attention dalmatien partial national consolation Helvetic partiel Titien condition helvetien difierentiel congestion* action aristocratic Beotie digestion* affliction prophetic beotien fraction munition venitien quotient faction resolution ilgyptien patience satiete question* initial Diocletien rationnel mixtion* initiation Domitien conventionnel bastion* confidentiel initier initiation LEg< ON YII. LESSON YII. -^ THE SILENT E, — THE FINAL CONSONANTS. 1. jE' without an accent is silent at the end of words of more than one syllable. Ex., plilme, volume, regime, 2. Rafter i is generally silent. Ex., bate, paiement. S.vjn conversation and familiar reading the e of the second monosyllable is frequently dropped : Je^e le dis pas^je ne sais pas, may be pronounced Je n^ le dispas^ je ri* sais pas) * See the second part of Rule 4. 24 pasquelle's introductort 4. E is frequently silent at the end of a syllable in the middle of a word, but in that case its suppression should occasion no harsh sound ; appeler may be pro- nounced appHer^ but prenant should by no means be pronounced pr'^nant, No general rule can be given on this point. 5. A consonant at the end of a word is generally silent. 6. The letters c,/*, ^,'^ r,f are generally pronounced at the end of words. 7. A final consonant is generally pronounced with the vowel, or silent A, which begins the next wor^. This connection does not take place, however, when there is a jiause between the two words. In conv-ei*- sation and familiar reading, this connection is often di^ pensed with, as it would appear too formal. 8. When d^f^ g^ s. cc, are to be joined to the vowel, or sileht A, which commences the next word, d sounds like ^, f like v, g like /j, s like z^ x like z. 9. The t of et is never pronounced. 10. The n of mon^ ton^ son^ tm^ on^ en^ &c., is pro- nounced with the next word, commencing with a vowel, or a silent A, as if that word began with an ;?, without however changing the nasal sound of the preceding * See 1st Note, Lesson YI. f R preceded by e is silent except in aiiiier^ clier^ cuiUer, fer, enfer, hiver, &c. FRENCH COURSE. 25 word : son argeyit^ uri honnete hoinme^ en arrivant^ are pronounced, son nargen% ten nhonnete homme^ en nar- ricant, jX Exercise 11, cerise passable front huit|| . chef mer pomme possible poulet neuf|| plaisir ceuf poire notre* baril quatre franc§ parasol fraise votre fusil soufre pouvoir baptemeff legume centre filsf blanc§ messager baptisei'ff pere theatre osj tard admirer compteff mere montre banc§ lard cliercher exemptff fete poutre dos flxrd banquier argent figue mauvais dixll second^ amateur chapel et table mont sixll fecond^ soif voix nez fond cinqll port clef** poix fable pret deux II fort cerf** fer etable pont septll bref boeuf cher * TVe, at the end of words, seems to bo almost whispered, the e not being heard. f /S^ in fits is pronounced by some, and dropped by others. J 5 is silent in this word, except before a vowel. § (7 is silent in tanc^ blanc, franc, estomac, tabac, &c. j The last consonant is sounded in these words, except when they come before a consonant. F in sept, septieme, &c., is silent. •[[ G sounds like g in these words. ** F is silent in clef cerf and in the plural words oeufs, bo&ufs, also in chef-cV ceuvre. ff F is silent. S6 FASQUELLE's INTEOlxtrOTOBY Exercise 12. mes^rni3 nos^enfants cet^homme un^nglais ces^nglais ces^hommes en^argent les^ongles vos^abricots ton^ardoise bonjiabit certainjrlandais les^Espagnols les^epingles leurs^efforts leursjdees mes^habits les^yeux il est Jci cet^esprit tout^ vous ils^ont la nous^avons vous^avez nous^avions vous^aviez vous^aimez cinq livres nous^aimons grand^homme neuf^hommes dix^enfants sept^hommes huit^hommes deux^amis six^ardoises chagrin^amer clef de fer chef-d'oeuvre pain blanc mauvais tabac six livres LEgON VIII. LESSON YIII. THE ARTICLE. GENDER. 1. In French, as well as in English, the names of males belong to the masculine gender, and those of females to the feminine gender. MASCULINE. FEMININE. [omme, man. Femme, woman. (kmj::_ ' lion. Lionne, lioness. 2. The article has a different form for each gender. Masculine, Le ; Feminine, La, the, Le lion, the lion. La lionne, the lioness. FRENCH COURSE. 27 3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, commen- cing with a vowel or silent li (Lesson II., Rule 4), the article is l\ L'AnglaiSy th e Englishman. L'Anglaise, the Englishwoman, Y O C ABUL AK Y. ' m. indicates a masculine ; f. a feminine noun. Aigle, m. Eagle. Horloger, m. Watchmaker. Bru, f. Daughter-in-law, Mari, m. Husband, Cousu], m. Cousin, Marraine, f. Godmother. Cousine, f Cousin, i 'Mere, f. Mother, Epou[x^ ra. Husband, Onclo, ni. Uncle, fipoiis-e, f. Wife. Orfevre^, m. Goldsmith, _^ Femme, f. Wlfe^ Woma^i, Orphelt^i, m. Orphan boy, FiHe, f. Daughter^ Girl. Orphelino, f. Orphan girl, Frere, ra. Brother, Parent, m. Relation, GarQon, m. Boy, Par^nte, f. Relation, Gendre, m. Son-in-law. Parrain, m. Godfather. Grand-pere, m. Grand- Pere, m. Father, father, Soeur, f Sister, Grand-mere, f. Grand- Veuf, m. Widower. mother. Yeuve, f. Widow, W- EXERCISE 13. 1 Le frere. 2 La sceur. 3 L'orphelin. 4 Le cousin. 5 L'aigle. 6 La parent e. 7 Le pere. 8 La bru. 9 La cousine. 10 L'epoux. 11 L'epoiise. 12 L'homme. 13 L'orfevre. 14 L'horloger. 15 La femme. 16 La fille. 17 Le gar^on. 18 Le gendre. 19 Le veuf. 20 La veuve. 21 Le parent. 22 Le 28 pasquelle's inteoductort mari. 23 Le parrain. 24 La marraine. 25 La mere. • 26 L'oncle. ^ \ Exercise 14. 1 The uncle. 2 The father. 3 The mother. 4 The sister. 5 The brother. 6 The grandfather. V The grand- mother. 8 The daughter. 9 The husband. 10 The wife. 11 The godmother. 12 The boy. 13 The girl. 14 The son-in-law. 15 The daughter-in-law. 16 The goldsmith. 17 The orphan boy. 18 The orphan girl. 19 The watchmaker. 20 The widow. 21 The widower. 22 The cousin, m. 23 The cousin,/. 24 The godfather. 25 The eagle. 26 The relation, m. 27 The relation,/. * LEgON IX. LESSOI^ IX. GEISDER CONTINUED. — UN, UNE ; A^ AN^ OlfE, 1. There is in French no neater or third gender; the names of things are either masculine or feminine. MABOFLIXB. PEMIN^INE. Le papier, ^Aepajoer. La plume, the pen. L'arbre, the tree. La branch e, the hrancK Le livre, the hook, L'aiguille, the needle, 2. Tin before a masculine noun, une before a feminine noun, answer to the English a, an^ one. MASCULINE. FEMININE. Un tailleur, a tailor, line modiste, a milliner, Un crayon, a pencil, Une ardoise, a slate. FRENCH COURSE. 29 f i 3. Present tense of Avoir, to ea ve, I J'ai, I have, Nous avons, We have, ' Tu a^, Thou hast, Youe avez, You have, II a, ITe has. Its on^, Thei/ m. have, EUe a, JShe has, Elles ont, TA^i/ f. have. 4. The € of Je, Z, is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. ,^ Model Sentences. c- J'ai le papier. Nous avons un livre. Le garcon a I'arbre. La fille a une plume. Vous avez Targent. lis ont Tor. L'orphelin a la maison. lis ont le jardin. Elles ont le pain. L'enfant a la viande, la cuiHer et la fourchette. ^ , Vocabulary I have the paper. We have a hooh. The boy has the tree. The girl has a pen. You have the money or silver. TJiey have the gold. The orphan has the house. They have the garden. They (f.) have the bread. The child has the meat, the spoon and the fork. Z. Arbre, m. Tree. Assiette, f. Plate. Balai, m. Broom. Beurre, m. Butter. Boeuf, m. Beef. Cafe, m. Coffee. Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Coiiteau, ra. Knife. Cuiller, f Spoon. ■'■ Eau, f. Water. ctEt, a7id. Fourchette, f. Fork, Jardin, m. Garden, Lion, m. Lion, Mont on, m. Mutton. Poiilet, m. Chicken, 80 PASQUBLLB'S Ijq-TBODUOTOBT Plat, m. Dish, Verre, m. Glass, Table, f. Table, Viande, f. Meat, Veau, m. Veal, Volaille, f. Poultry. Before translating the exercise, the pupil will give the nouns in the vocabulary with le, la, 1', the^ or un, une, a, or an before them, ^j^ Exercise 15. 1 L'enfant a le pain. 2 t'orphelin a le cafe. 3 Nous avons le jardin. 4 Le lion a la viande. 5 La fille a la volaille. 6 Yous avez le papier. 7 Elle a le chocolai. 8 Yous avez la cuiller. 9 N"ou8 avons le mouton. 10 Le garqon a le cafe. 11 L'orf^vre a I'or. 12 J'ai le beurre. 13 L'horloger a la table. 14 Elles ont le plat. 15 lis ont le veau. 16 Le garqon a le balai. 17 II a le couteau. 18 Le pere a le chocolat. 19 La mere a I'arbre. 20 La cousin e a le plat. Exercise 16. 1 The boy has the bread. 2 You have the meat. 3 The father has the coffee. 4 The mother has the spoon. 5 We have the chocolate. 6 We have the pen. 1 The child has the butter. 8 He has the gold. 9 You have the fork. 10 She has the mutton. 11 The watch- maker has the gold. 12 The goldsmith has the silver. 13 You have the plate. 14 We have the dish. 15 They have the chicken. 16 The girl has the coffee. 17 The boy has the veal. 18 I have the dish. 19 The orphan-boy has the book. 20 The orphan-gii'l has the FRENCH COURSE. 31 needle. 21 The brother has the table. 22 We have the money. 23 You have a knife. 24 The tailor has a book. 25 The watchmaker has a table. 26 They have a garden. LEgON X. LESSON^ X. NAME OF MATERIAL. — AVOIB INTERROGATIVELY. 1. The name of the material of which an object is composed follows the name of the object, the two words being joined by de before a consonant, or c?' be- fore a vowel or a silent A. Une robe de sole, A silk dress. La plume d'acier. The steel pen. Literally : A dress of silk ; The pen of steel. 2. Present tense op Avoir interrogatively. Ai-je ? Have I? Avons-nous ? Have we ? As-tu ? Hast thou ? Avez-vous ? Have you f A-t-il ? Has he f Ont-ils ? Have they ? A-t-elle ? Has she ? Ont-elles ? Have they f 3. When, in asking a question, il or elle comes im- mediately after a verb ending with a vowel, -t- is put between that vowel and the verb. A-t-il le livre ? Has he the hook f A-t-elle le bois ? Has she the icoodf 92 fasquelle's inteoductory Model Sentences. Le tailleur a I'habit de drap. I%e tailor has the cloth coat. La blanchisseuse a le inouchoir The washerwoman has the cam- de batiste. hric handkerchief. La demoiselle a la robe d'in- TJie young lady has the calico dienne. dress. Avez-vous la bague d'or ? Have you the gold ring f Avons-nous le couteau d'ar- Have we the silver, knife f gent? .Ont-ils une maison de brique? Have they a hrick house? Ai-je la plume d'or ? Have I the gold ^en ? , ; >^ Vocabulary.^ <5a?vchisseuse, f. Washer- Monchoir^ m., ITandkerchie/. ' ^*woma7ii ' Non, iVb. ^'' '^ ' ^ ''■ ^ Bois, m. Wood, Qui, Yes. Brique, f. Brich, Or, m. Gold, Canif,^m. Penknife. Plume, f. Pen, Cravate", f. Cravat, Sole, f. Silk, - '^ '^■ Domoieell^e, f. Young lady, Tablier, m. Apron, ' ' ■ •* ^^ Dentelle, f. Lace, Tailleur, m. Tailor, Drap, m. Cloth, Velours, m. Velvet, In dienne, f. Prints calico, Yoile, m. Veil, Put the proper article le^ la^ ^, or un^ une^ before the nouns. I french course. 33 Exercise 17. 1 La demoiselle a le moiichoir de sole. 2 Le tailleur a une maison de brique. 3 Yous avez une maison de bois. 4 Avez-vous une bague d'argent ? 5 Nous avons la dentelle de sole. 6 La blancbisseuse a une robe d'indienne. 7 Avez-vous un couteau d'acier ? 8 IS'on, Monsieur, j'ai un couteau d'ivoire. 9 A-t-elle un voile de dentelle ? 10 Ell,e a un voile de batiste. 11 Avons-nous la maison de bois? 12 Yous avez la maison de brique. 13 La fille a un tablt^ de batiste. 14 Elle a un tablier d'indienne. 15 Le gargon a un gilet de drap. 16 Le monsieur a unmouchoir de soie. 17 II a un mouchoir de batiste. 18 La demoiselle a une plume d'or. 19 lis ont une plume d'acier. Exercise 18. 1 Have you the steel ring ? 2 No, sir, I have the gold ring. 3 The young lady has the silver ring. 4 Has slie the cambric handkerchief? 5 No, sir, she has the silk handkerchief. 6 The washerwoman has the steel knife. 7 The tailor has the brick house. 8 Have you a wood house ? 9 No, sir, we have a brick house. 10 The young lady has a print dress. 11 You have an ivory knife. 12 Pie has a silk cravat. 13 You have a cambric handkerchief. 14 The boy has a cloth vest. 15 The gentleman has a velvet vest. 16 The young lady has a velvet dress. 1 7 She has a silk veil. 1 8 Has she a gold pen? 19 No, sir, she has a steel pen. 20 Have you a silk apron ? 21 No, sir, I have a cam- .3 34 fasquelle's inteodxjctoky brie apron. 22 We have the silk lace. 23 You have the print dress. 24 She has the silk dress. 25 She has the gold ring. LEgo:Nr xi. lesson xi. DU, DE L', DE la ; OF TEE^ FROM THE^ SOME^ AN'Y, 1. Before a masculine noun in the singular, not com* mencing with a vowel or a silent A, du is always used for of the^ some or any, B^^ De le is never used, ^.^^J D u j ar din , Of the garden. Du menuisier, . >' Of the joiner, Du pain, ' Some bread, 2. Before a feminine noun, in the singular, beginning with a consonant, or a pronounced A, de la is used for of the^ some or any, De la femme, Of the looman, De la toile, jSome linen, 3. Before a noun of either gender, commencing with a vowel or a silent A, de l' is equivalent to of the^ some or any, De I'homme, Of the mam De I'argent, JSome money, 4. Often the word some or a7iy is not expressed be- fore a noun in English, but when it may be put without FRENCH COURSE. 35 changing the meaning of the sentence, du, de la, de l', must always be used in French. Vous avez du papier, You have (some) paper. Avez-vous de la cire ? JIave you (any) wax ? lis ont de I'argent. They have {some) money. But de (or y m. Glove. Chapeau, m. Ilat.^ honyiet. Lrbraire, m. HooJcseller. '"Che\al, m. Horse. Livre, m. Hook. -- ^ v Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Maison, f. House. Coupe, Cut. '-->^' '^ Marochal, m. Hlacksmith, Cnisini^re, f. Goolc. Mont re, f. Watch. Demoiselle, f. Yowdg lady. ^.^}-gQ^ f. Snoio. Euorce, f. HarJc. Orft^vre, m. Goldsmith. ^o^2i\%^m, Scotchman. Peidu, ios^. / ' Envoye, Sent. ' Prete, Lent. '^ ^ ^ '^ *=^- FRENCH COURSE. 39 Pommier, m. Apple-tree. Soldat, m. Soldier, Pivpit/i-e, m. I)es/e. Trouve, Found, Sewurier, m. Locksmith, Vent, m. Wind, Put du^ de la^ d^ l\. before the nouns in the voca- bulary. .q4^ ^ Exercise 21. errurier a la clef de la maison. 2 Nous ! 1 Le serrurier a la clef de la maison. 2 Nous avons la farine du boulanger. 3 Avez-vous le gant de la cuisiniere ? 4 Non, mademoiselle, j'ai le chapeau de la fiUe. 5 Avez-vous du chocolat ? 6 Qui, monsieur, j'ai du chocolat et du cafe. 7 Avez-vous envoye un livre au libraire ? 8 Non, monsieur, j'ai prete un livre a la fermiere. 9 Avez-vous I'eventail de la demoiselle? 10 Donnez la montre a I'orfevre. 11 J'ai donne le fer au marechal. 12 Nous avons prete de I'argent a I'au- bergiste. 13 Avez-vous parle a I'Ecossais ? 14 Nous avons parle de la neige. 15 Yous avez parle du vent. 16 Yous avez coupe I'ecorce du pommier. 17 Le serrurier a coupe I'ecorce de I'arbre. 18 J'ai perdu la clef de la porte. 1 9 Yous avez trouv6 la clef du pupitre^ '^^Jde-^^-^ExERciSE 22. 1 Have you the girl's glove ? 2 No, sir, I have the cook's hat. 3 Have you lost the key of the house ? 4 The locksmith has found the key of the house. 5 The young lady has found the gentleman's glove. 6 The gentleman has lost the young lady's fan. 7 Have you chocolate, sir ? 8 No, madam, I have tea. 9 Have you lent a book? 10 I have lent a book to the farmer's 40 fasquellk's inteoductort wife. 11 Have you spoken to the goldsmith ? 12 I^o, sir, I have spoken to the Scotchman. 13 Have you the farmer's horse? 14 The blacksmith has the farmer's horse. 15 The Englishman has the soldier's gun. IQ Have you cut the bark of the tree? 17 We have cut the bark of the apple tree. 18 Give the watch to the watchmaker. 19 Have you beef ? 20 ]N"o, madam, I have mutton. 21 Have you lent money to the book- seller ? 22 I have lent j)aper to the blacksmith. 23 I have sent coffee to the young lady. 24 Have you lost the key of the desk ? 25 I have found the key of the door. my. LEgON XIII. LESSOI^ 'i'fll. PLACE OF A NOUN IN A QUESTION. — REPETITION OF ARTICLE. 1. In a question, the subject (actor or doer) if a noun, is generally placed at the beginning of the sen- tence, the verb follows, and after the verb comes a pronoun having the same gender and number as the subject. Le tailleur a-t-il une aiguille ? Has the tailor a needle ? La modiste a-t-elle un chapeau? Has the milliner a bonnet f Literally : The tailor has /i^^ieedle f The milliner has she a honnet ? 2. Le, la, l', the ; du, de'la, de l', of the^ some or any ; au, A la, a y\f!^/^x to the^ are repeated before every noun or every word used as such. FRENCH COURSE. J couteau et la fourchette, The Jcnife and fork, Du pain et du beurre, Bread and butter, A I'homme et a la femme, To the man and looman. Literally : The knife and the fork ; Some hread and some butter. Model S L'imprimeur a-t-il un crayon ? Le cliarpentier a-t-il du bois ? La dame a-t-elle un canif ? La tante a-t-elle un'cheval? Le monsieur et la dame ont-ils apporte de I'argent ? Vous avez du pain et du fro- mage. II a parle au monsieur et a la dame. ENTENCES. Has the printer a pencil f Has the ca7penter wood f Has the lady a penhnife? Has the aunt a horse f Have the gentleman and lady hroiight money ? You have hread and cheese. He has spoken to the gentleman and lady. YOCABULAKY. A, To. Acier, m. Steel, Apporte, Broitght, Ble, m. Wheat, Casse, Broken. Couteau, m. Knife^ Cuwre, m. Brass. -^ Den-tiste, ni. Dentist. Donne, Given. Ecolier, m. Scholar. — Ecrit-, Written., ^ . , - Encre, f. Ink. ^ *" K:^ 6 Epee, f. Sicord. Far-ine, f. Flour. Fourchette, f. Fork, Gout, m. Taste, Meunier, m. Miller," Monnaie, f. Changer Peche, f. Peach. Point re, ni. Painter, Pomme, f. Apple. Por-trait, m. Portrait. President, m. President. Professeur, m. Professor, 42 P A.SQUELLK*S INTRODUCTOEY Qui, Who, whom, Sarrasin, m. BuchwheaU Roi, m. King, Tab^tjere, f. Snuff-box, ^ Reine, f. Queen. Tableau, m. Picture, Sabi-e, m. Broad-sword, Yu, Seen, Put aw, a la, a l\ before the nouns in the voca- bulary. Exercise 23. 1 La dame a-t-elle du gout? 2 Qui, monsieur, la dame a du gout. 3 Le soldat a-t-il un sabre de cuivre ? 4 Non, madame, il a un sabre d'acier. 5 Avez-vous apporte de I'encre ? 6 J'ai apporte de I'encre et du papier. 7 Avez-vous une tabatiere d'argent ? 8 N"on, monsieur, j'ai une tabatiere d'or. 9 Le meunier a-t-il de la farine? 10 II a de la farine de ble. 11 A qui avez-vous donne la peche.? 12 J'ai donne la peche au professeur. 13 Avez-vous vu le dentiste ? 14 J'ai vu le dentiste et le medecin. 15 Le peintre a-t-il un tableau? 16 Qui, monsieur, le peintre a le portrait du roi. 17 Avez-vous ecrit au president? 18 J'ai ecrit a I'ecolier. 1 9 Avez-vous de I'or et de I'argent ? 20 J'ai de I'or et de la monnaie. Exercise 24. 1 Has the lady change ? 2 Yes, madam, the lady has change. 3 Has the gentleman gold and silver ? 4 The gentleman has gold, silver, and paper. 5 Has the miller buckwheat flour? 6 The miller has buck- wheat flour and wheat flour. 7 To whom have you FRENCH COURSE. 43 given the apple ? 8 We have given the apple to the lady. 9 Have you given the peach to the professor ? 10 Have you brought the knife and fork? 11 I have broken the knife and fork. 12 Has the soldier a steel sword? 13 The soldier has a steel broadsword. 14 Has the gentleman a gold snuff-box ? 15 The gentle- man has a silver snuff-box. 16 To whom have you written? IT I have written to the painter. 18 Has the painter the king's picture ? 19 He has the king and queen's portrait. 20 Have you seen the professor ? 21 I have seen the professor and the physician, 22 Have you written to the dentist? 23 I have written to the dentist and to the physician. 24 Have you brought paper ? 25 We have brought ink and paper. LEgOIsT XIV. LESSON^ XIY. THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. MON, TON, SON; MY^ THY^ HIS^ HEB. 1. The possessive adjectives in French are : MoN, My ; ) Before a masculine noun, or a Ton, Thy/ > feminine noun beginning with Son, ITis^ Her /J a vowel or a silent h, „^ ' ^f ^ ( Before a feminine noun comraen- Ta, Thy ; > . ^ -rr. \r \ cme^ with a consonant, Sa, His^ Her ; ) ^ Notre, Our ; 1 YoTRE, Your ; > Before a noun of either gender. lUR, Their ; 44 fasqtjelle's introductory 2. The possessive adjectives take the gender and number of the object possessed, and not, as in English, that of the possessor. Mon livre, My hook. Ma plume, My pen. Son livre, His or her hooh. Sa plume, His or her pen. 3. To avoid the meeting of two vowels, or of a vowel and a silent A, the masculine form of the possessive adjectives, mon^ ton^ son^ is put as mentioned above, before a feminine noun commencing with a voioel or a silent h, Mon ame, My soul. Son kabitude. His or her habit. 4. The possessive adjectives are not used without the noun, and are repeated before every noun or word used as such. Mon pere et ma m^re. My father and {my) mother. Son oncle et sa tante, His uncle and (his) aunt. Model Sentences. Quel habit avez-vous ? Wliat coat have you f J'ai I'habit de mon cousin. I have my cousin's coat. A-t-il la robe de sa cousine ? Has he his cousin's dress f II a le chapeau de son cousin. He has his cousin's hat. A-t-elle le Soulier de son fr^re ? Has she her brother's shoe F Elle a le mouchoir de sa m^re. She has her mother's handher- chief. Avez-vous le verre de \q\xv Have you their mother's glass f mere? - Nous avons la tasse de notre We have our father's cup. p^re. J'ai vu votre fr^re et votre I have seen your brother and sceur. sister. /^ ^yuAjo ^ FRENCH C(>URSE. V#'cABULAEY. 45 ; Acier, m. Steel, "^^Ami, m. Friend. Apporte, Brought, Ardoise, f. Bjate, Awjouvd'hui, To-day, Beau-pere, m. Father-in- law. Belle-mere, f. Mother-in- law, Bois, m. Wood, (Botte, f. Boot. Capitaine, m. Captain, Casse, Brohen, Cordoiwiier, m. Shoemaker, Cousin, m. Cousin, Crayon, m. Pencil, Encre, i, IjiJc, Enfant, m. Child, Epee, f. Sword, Fini, Finished, Neveu, m. Nephew. Kiece, f. Niece, Oncle, m. Ujicle, Onblie, Forgotten, ^'7" " ■: Parle, Spoken, Perdu, Lost, Pistolet, m. Pistol. Qiiei, What^ ichich, Re§u, Received, Relieur, m. Bookhmder, Secretaire, m. Secretary, Soeur, f. Sister, Souljief, m. Shoe, Yu, Seen, Put the article le^ la, l\ before the nouns. Exercise 25. 1 Le secretaire a mon crayon et mon encre. 2 A-t-il mon epee ? 3 II a I'epee de son capitaine. 4 Avez- vous vu notre oncle aujourd'hui ? 5 J'ai vu votre cousine. 6 Ont-ils parle a leur beau-pere ? 7 Bs ont parle a leur belle-mere. 8 Le tailleur a-t-il fini mon habit ? 9 B a fini I'habit de notre frere. 10 Le cor- donnier a fini ma botte. 11 Le relieur a fini le livre 46 fasquelle's introductory de ma cousine. 12 Avez-vous re§u ma lettre ? 13 J'ai re§u la lettre de votre ami. 14 Quel canif avez-vous ? 15 Nous avons le canif de notre soeur. 16 Avez-vous vu la maison de leur neveu ? 17 J'ai vu la maison de leur ni^ce. 18 Ont-ils apporte du papier et de I'encre ? 19 lis ont qiihUk- leur encre et leur papier. 20 Le capitaine a casse son pistolet et son epee. f ^ Exercise 26. 1 Who has my slate ancL pencil ? 2 The captain has your slate. 3 The tailor has your pencil. 4 What tailor has broken your slate ? 5 My brother's tailor has broken my slate. 6 Has the secretary brought his pencil ? 7 He has forgotten his pencil. 8 He has brought your brother's pencil. 9 Have you seen my cousin's horse ? 10 I have seen your cousin's wooden horse. 11 Have you broken the cliild's wooden horse ? 12 What penknife have you broken? 13 We have broken your steel penknife. 14 We have lost our sister's penknife. 15 Has the shoemaker brought my shoe? 16 The shoemaker has forgotten your shoe. 17 Have you seen my mother's house ? 18 We have seen your sister's house and garden. 19 We have seen your father and mother. 20 Have you gold and silver ? 21 We have gold and paper. 22 We have seen the gentleman and lady. 23 Have you my sword ? 24 I have seen his father-in-law and his mother-in-law. FRENCH COURSE. 47 LEgON XY. LESSO]^^ XV. THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. — LE MIEN, LA MIENNE, MINE^ ETC. 1. The possessive pronouns do not come before nouns, but merely refer to them ; they are : MASCTTLINB. FEMININE. Le mien. La mienne, Mine. Le TIEN, La tienne. Thine. Le sien, La sienne. His or hers. Le NOTRE, La n6tre, Ours. Le votre. La votre, Yours. Le leur, La leur, Theirs. 2. The possessive pronoun and the article which it contains take the gender and number of the noun to which it refers. Votre pere et le mien, Sa mere et la mienne, Your father and mine. His mother and mine. 3. The contraction of the article with de and a must also take place. See Lesson 11, Rule 1, and Lesson 12, Rule 2. J'ai parle de son pere et I have spoken of his father du mien, and of mine. Vous avez ecrit a son frere You have icritten to his et au mien. brother and to miyie. I 4. In the adjectives votre^ notre^ there is no accent ; 48 fasquelle's inteoductort the pronouns take the circumflex (^), le notre^ le voire, Notre livre et le votre, Our hooh and yours. Votre maison et la notre, Your house and ows. Model SE:NrTE]srcES. Avez-vous vu mon jardin ? J'ai vu le sien. Avez-vous tcrit a son cousin ? J'ai ecrit au mien. Nous avons parle de votre ami. II a parle du sien, J'ai votre encrier et le mien. Eile a votre ecritpire et la mienne. II a mon argent et le sien. II a ma plume et la sienne. Have you seen my garden f I have seen Ms or hers. Have you written to his cousin f I have written to mine. We have spoken of your friend. He has spoken of his. I have your inkstand and mine. She has your inkstand and mine. He has my money and his. He has my pen and his. YOCABIILAEY. ? Achete, jB ought Aiguille, f. Needle. Cafe, m. Coffee. Cafeti^re, f. Coffee-pot. Cocher, m. Coachman. Decoupe, Cut up., carved. Domestique, m. and f. Ser- va?it. Ecritoire, f. Inkstand. Encrier, m. InJcstand. Fouet, m. Whip. Fruit, m. Fruit. Lettre, f. Letter. Modiste, f. Milliner. IsTettoye, Cleaned. Ou, Or. Panier, m. JBashet. Paysan, m. Countryman. Paysanne, f. Countrywo- man. Plume, f. Pen. Perdu, Lost. FRENCH COURSE. 49 Viande, f. Meat, TMS^e, f. Cup, Yoiture, f. Carriage, The, m. Tea, Sole, f. SilJc, Theiere, f. Tea-pot, Put the possessive adjectives Quon^ ma^ before the nouns in the vocabulary. / / Exercise 27. 1 Yotre ami a-t-il mon fruit ? 2 II a votre fruit et le mien. 3 Avez-vous regu ma lettre ? 4 J'ai regu votre lettre et la sienne. 5 Avez-vous casse son fouet ou le mien ? 6 J'ai casse le votre. 7 Le paysan a-t-il oublie son panier ? 8 II a oublie le mien. 9 Avez- vous decoupe ma viande ? 10 J'ai decoupe votre viande et la sienne. 11 Yotre cocher a-t-il nettoye notre voiture ou la votre ? 12 II a nettoye la notre. 13 Avez-vous achete ma sole ? 14 Nous avons achete la sienne. 15 Avez-vous parle de mon ami? 16 J'ai parle du votre et du mien. 17 Avons-nous donne du cafe a son cousin? 18 ISTous avons' donne du the et du cafe au mien. 19 Yous avez son livre et le notre, sa plume et la mienne. Exercise 28. 1 Have you broken my cup ? 2 I have broken mine and yours. 3 Has the coachman broken your carriage ? 4 He has broken yours and ours. 5 Has the servant cleaned my coflfee-pot ? 6 She has cleaned yours and mine. 7 Have you broken my tea-pot? 4 60 fasquelle's inteoductoey 8 I have broken mine. 9 Have you lost my needle ? 10 The countrywoman has lost your needle and hers. 11 Has the countryman forgotten my basket ? 12 He has forgotten his and yours. 13 Has the coachman lost his whip ? 14 The coachman has lost my whip and his. 15 Has the milliner my silk or hers ? 16 She has hers and yours. 17 Have you spoken of my ink- stand or of yours ? 1 8 I have spoken of yours and of mine. 19 Have you broken mine or hers ? 20 I have broken yours and hers. 21 Have you written to my friend or to hers ? 22 I have written to yours, to hers, and to mine. 23 Have you written my letter ? 24 I have written yours and mine. 25 Have you cut up the child's meat ? 26 I have cut up mine and his. LEgON XYI. LESSOI^ XYI. THE DEMONSTEATIVE ADJECTIVES. CE, GET, CETTE ; TIIIS^ THAT, 1. The demonstrative ad jectives are : ,>, ^/ . .7 . ) before a masculine noun coni- Ce, This, that ; I J mencmg with a consonant. r\ rm • ^7 ^ ) bcforc a masculine noun be^in- Cet, T/iis, that ; t . .,, , ., ^ , ) nmg with a voicel or a silent h, CiTTE, This^ that ; before a feminine noun. 2. The demonstrative adjective always precedes FRENCH COUKSE. 61 nouns or other words used as such, and must be re^ peated before every one. Ce cbarpentier, This or that carpenter, Cet orfcvre, This or that goldsmith. Cette cuismiere, This or that cook. Cet or et cet argent, That gold and (that) silver. 3. Ci or lA joined with the hyphen (-) to the noun, will make, in French, the difference existing in English between here and there, Ce livre-ci, This hooJc {here). Cette plume-la, v That pen {there). 4. The demonstrative p ronouog are never pl^iced before nouns, but take the place of nouns mentioned before, and must be in the same gender and number. They are : ^. r^ ' (£^.1.^ -^ ^^^^^ . Celui, This, that, ) ^ , (U^u^ -?~^ ^ mi ' T . c lor the masculme. Celui-ci, Jihts one, that one, ) ^^ ^ Celle, This, that, ) /. , ^ . . ^ mi. ., ^ }• lor the lemmme. Celle-ci, 1 his one, that one, ) t^Zc^c-^ ' Mon livre et celui de votre My booKanayoicr sister'' s. soeur, t^I/xu^' ^» Literally : My hook and that of your sister. Ma lettre et celle-la, My letter and that on^ Model Sentences. Avez-vous rencontre ce garcon? Have you met that hoy ? J'ai rencontre cette fille. / have met this or that girl. 52 F AS QUELLE S INTRODUCTORY Avez-vous leur argent ? Have you their money f J'ai celui de leur frere. / have their brother's. f^ Avons-nouscelui-cioucelui-la,? ^ave you^this (one) or that (one) ? Nous avons celui de notre We have our cousin's. cousin. Avez-vous vu ma plume ? Save you seen my pen f J'ai vu celle-ci et celle de notre / have seen this (one) and our amie. friend's. Vocabulary. Achete, J3ought. Agueaii, m. Lamh, Aussi, Also. Dictionnaire, m. Diction- ary, Drap, m. Cloth. Gant, m. Glove. Gilet, m. Yest. Laine, f. Wool. Lion, ra. Lion. Lionne, f. Liotiess. Put the article U^ la^ l\ Manteau, m. Clocck. Mareolial, m. BlachsmiiK Moiiton, ra. Bheep.- Oiseau, m. Bird. Petit, Small., little. Quel, What., which, a^'j-<^^ Qui, Who. Rencontre, Met, Sole, f. Silk. Tapis, m. Carpet Trouve, Found, ^ before the nouns above. i' Exercise 29. , ^ * I Quel tapis avez-vous ? 2 J'ai ce petit tapis. 3 Notre frere a-t-il trouve cet oiseau ? 4 II a trouve celui de son ami. 5 Avons-nous la laine de I'agneau ? 6 Nous avons celle du mouton. 7 Avez-vous aussi la b ^,«^^<^ FREXCII COURSE. . j ^ ^ 63 mienne ? 8 ISTous avons la votre et celle de voire scEur. 9 Avez-vous achete ce'^ant ? 10 J'ai achete ce gant-ci et celui-la. 1 1 Le tailleur a-t-il cette sole ? c 12 Non, monsieur, il a ce drap. 13 Quel gilet avez- vous achete ? 14 J'ai achete celui-ci et celui-lii. 15 Avez-vou3 rencontre ce marechal ? 16 Nous avonf? rencontre ceiui-cil ' 17 Avez-vous vu mon dictionnaire? 18 J'ai vu celui de votre cousin e. 19 J'ai votre mau> teau, le mien, etcelui de votre soeur. yLCL " ^^^^- ' £^ ^ i^/?rt Exercise 30. 1 Have you seen that lion ? 2 We have seen that lion and that lioness. 3 Have you met that blacksmith ? 4 My sister has met that blacksmith. 5 What waist- coat have you ? 6 I have mine and your father's. V Have you my brother's ? 8 I have your brother's and your cousin's. 9 Have you their money ? 10 We have their sister's. 11 Which lamb have you ? 12 We have this (one) and that (one). 13 Have you bought that little lamb? 14 We have bought that sheep. 15 Which carpet has your sister? 16 My sister has that small carpet. 17 Has the tailor your silk or mine ? 18 He has this or that. 19 Has the lady that cloth? 20 She has that cloth and that wool. 21 Who has that bird ? 22 The tailor has my bird and his brother's. 23 Who has my sister's cloak? 24 We have your sister's and your cousin's. 25 We have this and that. 54 pasquelle's intboductort LEgOlSr XYII. LESSON XYII. THE NEGATIVE SENTENCE. NE, PAS, RIEN, ETC. 1. To render a sentence negative, the French use two words : Ne* — PAS, ISfot^ no, Ne — EiEN, Nothing^ not any thing, Ne — JAMAIS, Never, 2. The first word, ne, is put before the verb, and the second, pas^ rien^ or jamais^ after it, wjien^thejverb^has only one Avai:dv^.^j_j^^^ween the first word and the secondf wlien^it is compos ed of t wo wox ds^ When there is no vei;b, ne is not used. Je n'ai pas votre chapeau. / have not your hat, Yous n'avez pas trouve mon You have not found my hand- mouchoir. 'kerchief. Qu'avez-vous ? Kien. What have you f Nothing. 3. Pr:^ent tense of the verb Avoir, to havb. c^^C^^fiA-c^ /y / NEGATIVELY. Je n'ai pas,/^ "^ -^ I have not, Tu n'as pas, Thou hast not, II n'a pas, He has not, Elle n'a pas, She has not, * The e of Tie is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. See Lesson 3, Rule 5 ; also § 1 46 of Larger Course. f The auxiliary and participle. Nous Nous n'avons pas, Vous n'avez pas, lis* n'ont pas, Ellesf n'ont pas. FRENCH COURSE. We have not. You have yiot. They have not, (m.) They have not, (f.) 53 NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY. N'ai-je pas ? N'as-tu pas ? N'a-t-il pas ? N'a-t-elle pas ? N'avons-nous pas ? N'avez-vous 2)as ? IST'ont-ils* pas ? N'ont-ellesf pas ? Have I not? Hast thou not f Has he not ? Has she not ? Have we not f Have you not ? Have they not f (m.) Have they not f (f.) 4. Q ijELQUE CHOSE, Something,, any thing\ is not used after ne with the meaning oinot any thing ; eie:n" must be used. 7 Yous n'avez rien apporte. You have not brought any thing. Model Sentences. N'avez-vous pas. mou cheval ? J'ai celui de votre associe. Avez-vous quelque chose ? Je n'ai rien. N' avez-vous pas vu ma cravate ? Nous n'avons pas le bouquet. Je n'ai jamais vu votre jardin. N'a-t-elle pas ma clef? EUe n'a jamais vu votre clef. Kous n'avons pas votre rasoir. Have you not my horse f I have your partner'' s. Have you any thing ? I have not any thing. Have you not seen my cravat ? We have not the houquet. I have never seen your garden. Has she not my hey ? She has never seen your hey. We have not your razor. * For the masculine. f For the feminine. 66 FAS quelle' intkoductoey Vocabulary. /-'' Gouyei;jiant8, f. Governess. Jc4i, Pretty, Parent, m. Kelation, Pejtit, Srnall^ little, P^eon, m. Pigeon. Qu'; que, TFAa?^, a^/izcA. -/^^ Bon, 6rOod Cha^eur, m. Hunter. Chat, ni. (7a^. Chien, m. Pog, Chocolat, m. Chocolate, Coyier, m. Collar, Cui^vre, m. Brass. R^pandu, SjJilt. ^^_^ '^^ her.(fH^^' Rqbe, f.^m5. / u.UJ^ Ciii^, m. Leather. Dechire, Torn. ^ The, m. Tea. Drap, m. Cloth. Tui,e, Killed. Enfant, m. Child. Yu, Seen. % . Put the article cZi^, c/e la^ de l\ before the above nouns. Exercise 31. 1 Qu'avez-vous ? 2 J'ai le bon chien de mon cousin. 3 A-t-il son collier de cuivre ? 4 Non, mon- sieur, il n'a pas son joli collier de cuivre. 5 Le chat n' a-t-il pas un collier de cuir ? 6 Le chat a un petit collier de' drap. 1 Avez-vous la robe de cette dame ? 8 Je n'ai pas la robe de la dame. 9 Je n'ai pas celle de sa. fiUe.' 10 N'avez-vous pas. dechire la mienne ? 11 ISTous n'avons pas vu la votre. 12 Nous avons dechire la votre. 13 l^'avez-vous pas vu mon parent? 14 Je n'ai jamais vu, votre bSi parent. 15 Yotre frere n'a-t-il pas tue le joli pigeon ? 16 Mon frere n'a pas tue hi pigeon. 17 Le chasseur a tue mon pigeon. 18 II n'a pas tue celui de votre soeur. 19 N'avons- nous pas repandu notre chocolat? 20 Yous avez rc- pandu le votre, le mien, et celui de votre gouvernante. french course. 57 Exercise 32# 1 Have you not my pretty dog ? 2 I have not seen your dog, my child. 3 Have you seen my sister's good dog ? 4 I have not seen your sister's. 5 I have seen yours and your cousin's. 6 Have you any thing, my good child ? 7 1 have nothing, sir. 8 Has the gover- ness any thing ? 9 She has chocolate. 10 Has the child seen my garden? 11 The child has never seen your garden. 12 Has he not seen my cousin's ? 13 He has not seen the hunter's garden. 14 Have you not the dog's leather collar ? 15 We have the dog's brass collar. 16 What collar has the cat? 17 The cat has a pretty cloth collar. 18 Has the lady torn her dress? 19 The lady has not torn her dress. 20 What have you torn? 21 I have torn nothing. 22 Has not the gover- ness seen my relation ? 23 She h^^^t seen your re- lation. 24 What dog has the hul^^lilled ? 25 He has killed your brother's. 26 You have not spilt my tea, you have spilt my sister's chocolate. LEgON XYIII. LESSON XYIII. QUELQU'UN ; SOME BODY. — PERSONNE ; NOBODY, fUi ' /^ r .J some body, 1. QuELQu'uN means J ^ ^' some one, I a7iy one, 8* 58 pasquelle's INTEODUCTOET J'ai vu quelqu'un. / have seen somebody. Avez-vous rencontre quelqu'un? Have you met any tody f r nobody, ^ ,-. • T r. '^ot any body, 2. In E — PEEaoNiiJa>is used for < .7 ^^ ' no one, not any one, 3. The first word, n6, is put before the verb, and the second, per^onjml after it.* Je n'ai vu personne. / liave seen nobody. Je n'ai parle a personne. I have not.spohen to any tody. When there is no verb, ne is not used. Qui avez-vous vu ? Personne. Wliom have you seen ? Nobody, 4. Quelqu'un is not used after ne in the sense of not any one^ not any person / personne must be used. Nous n'avons vu personne. We have not seen any one. 5. N'e, before the verb — que, after it ; only^ but, Ne, before the verb — ni, repeated after it; neither^ nor. Nous n'avons que le sucre. We have only the sugar. Nous n'avons ni le cafe ni le We have neither the coffee nor Sucre. ^^ the sugar. Model Sentences. Qu'avez-vous sur la table ? What have you on the table f Nous n'avons rien. We have nothing. ^ SOE * J^iLfin. per50?iwe_is_t^^ it ^om es before the ne. Per-. Sonne n'a men livre, Nobody has my book. "^ ~"~" "^ f FRENCH COURSE. 59 Avez-vous blesse quelqu'un ? Have you wounded any body f Nous n'avons blesse personne. We have not wounded any one. Qui a ecrit une lettre a mon Who has written a letter to my pere ? father f Personne. No one. Nobody. N'avez-vous ecrit a personne ? Have you not written to any body? Je n'ai que ce livre. I have only that booh. Nous n'avons vu que notre We have seen only our cousin. cousin. Nous n'avons ni I'encre ni le We have neither the ink nor the papier. paper. Yous n'avez vu ni I'homme ni You have seen neither the man la femme. nor the woman. Vocabulary. .. Achete, Bought, Lettre, f. Lettre. Apporte, Brought. Monsieur, m. Gentleman, Aujourd'hui, To-day, On, Or. -jChamJbre, f. Boom. Pag^, f. Page. Chocolat, m. Chocolate, Pai^ m. Bread, Coirimode, f. Bureau^ Parle, Spoken, drawers, Poi^vre, m. Pepper, Dame, f. Lady, E2:che] f. Pocket. Dans, In. R/i^n, Nothing, "^ Eau, f. Water, Sel, m. Salt, ficrit, Written, Temp*, m. Time, Frc^ag^, m. Cheese, ^ Tro^ve, Found, vHiei y Yesterday, ^ Yin^i^re, m. Yinegar. I Put the adjectives ce^ cette^ before the nouns. 60 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 33. 1 Avez-vous quelqu'un dans votre chambre ? 2 Je n'ai personne. 3 Men frere n'a vu personne. 4 Qui a apporte du pain ? 5 Personne. 6 Quelqu'un a-t-il parle a mon pere ? 7 Personne n'a paiie a votre pere. 8 l!^'avez-vons vu qu^uiT monsieur ? 9 Je n'ai vu qu'une dame. 10 Qu'avez-vous trouve dans votre poche ? 11 Je n'ai rien trouve dans la mienne. 12 Qu'avons- nous dans notre chapeau ? 13 Rien. 14 ISTous n'avons rien. 15 Avez-vous I'eau ou le vinaigre ? 16 Je n'ai pas I'eau, j'ai le vinaigre. 17 Avons-nous le pain ou le fromage? 18 Kous n'avons ni le pain ni le fromage. 19 IST'avez-vous rien apporte aujourd'hui? 20 ISTous n'avons rien apporte aujourd'hui, mais nous avons achete ^uelque chos^hier. ruJ^-*. \ r r ^ Exercise 34. '^^.' ■. ..." 1 Has your brother any thing in his bureau ? 2 My brother has nothing in his bureau. 3 Has he seen any body to-day ? 4 He has only seen his brother. 5 Have you not seen your father ? 6 I have seen nobody to-day. 7 Has not your sister written her letter ? 8 Siie has not had (the) time to write her letter. 9 She has written nothing. 10 Have you vinegar and water? 11 I have only water. 12 Hais any one written a page? 13 N"o one has written a page to-day. 14 Has any one spoken to my mother? 15 No person has spoken to your mother. 16 Some- body has spoken to mine. 17 Have you the pepper or FRENCH COURSE. 61 the salt? 18 We have neither the pepper nor the salt. 19 We have only the chocolate. 20 Your sister has only chocolate. 21 What have we found in our bureau ? 22 We have found nothing in our bureau. 23 Have you found any one in the house ? 24 No- body. 25 Yesterday we (have) found nobody in the house, but to-day we (have) found somebody. LEgOI^ XIX. LESSO]N^ XIX. PAS DB ; JV6>, NOT ANY, 1. Pas de ) . , ^ T^ I IS used for no. not any. Point de [ -> u Pas de soupe, No soup. Pas d'argent, (jC^ -^ money. Je n'ai pas de creme, / have no crea^n. 2. The French do not put an article before a noun following ni in those cases where, in English, the word any may be j)ut before that noun, without changing the meaning. II n'a ni ami ni ennemi, He has neither (any) friend nor (any) enemy. Yous n'avez ni maison ni jar- You have neither hoicse nor gar- din, den. 3. Quel, before a masculine noun, ) .^^^ . , , ^ r^ . n n ' ' y Which, lohat Quelle, before a lemmme noun, j , Quel journal avez-vous lu ? What journal have you read ? Quelle fleur avons-nous ? What flower have we f 62 fasquelle's introductory Model Sentences. La dame a-t-elle une voiture ? Has the lady a carriage f La dame n'a pas de voiture. The lady has no carriage. Avons-nous dechire la^EQious^er Have we torn the muslin f line ? Nous n'avons pas de mousse- We have no muslin. line. Avez-vous apport6 du fruit ? Have you brought (any) fruit f Je n'ai pas de fruit. / have no fruit. J'ai de la salade. . / have {some) salad, Je n'ai pas de sala(^e. I have not any salad. Avons-nous de I'huile et du Have we oil and vinegar f vinaigre? , ( "^'- - ^^'"^-m^ Yous n'avez ni huile ni vinaigre. You have neither (any) oil nor (any) vinegar. Vous n'avez ni Thuile ni le vi- You have neither the oil nor the naigre. vinegar. Quelle cuiller avons-nous ? Which or what spoon have you? Quel plat avez-vous casse ? What dish have you broken f Vocabulary. I A^cier, m. Bteel. Enfant, m. Child, Beau, Handsome, Fer, m. Iron, Bon, Good, Fille, f. Daughter, Cacleau, m. Present, Fil«, m. Son, Camai^ade, m. School-mate, Grand, Large, Canif, vn.^Penhnife, Jardin, m. Garden, Ca^quette, f. Cap, Mon,tre, f. Watch, Casse, JBroJcen, Oublie, Forgotten. Chapeau, m. Hat, Parle, Spoken, Ecolier, in. Scholar, Pativre, Poor. ^ u^^ ( ir^^-^^ ^ PBENCH COURSE. "/ J -"■ 83 ' •> .-i>u- _ '' J^.. Perdu, Zo5#. Regu, JReceived, Petit, Small, little, Rien, Nothi7ig, Plume, f. Fen. Tres, Very. .■■L':X - Put the possessive adjectives, son, ea, before the above nouns. • Exercise 35. ^-l>^ 1 Avez-vous vu leur grand jardin ? 2 lis n'ont pas de grand jardin. 3 lis n'ont qu'un tres petit jardm. 4 N'avez-vous pas ua beau chapeau? 5 Je n'ai pas de chapeau, je n'ai quline casquette. 6 Quelle montre avez-vous ? 7 Je n'ai pas de montre. 8 Avez-vous parle de mon canif? 9 Je n'ai parle de rien. 10 Le raarechal a-t-il du fer ou de I'acier? 11 II n'a ni fer ni acier. 12 II n'a pas d'acier, il a du fer. 13 Quel canif avez-vous casse ? 14 Je n'ai pas casse de canif. 15 Avez-vous oublie votre cadeau ? 16 Je n'ai pas regu de cadeau. 17 La pauvre femme a-t-elle un bon fils? 18 Cette pauvre femme n'a pas d'enfant. 19 Quelle plume avez-vous? 20 J'ai la mienne et celle de votre cain^radp. 21 Je n'ai ni la votre ni la leur, j*ai celle du bon ecolier. , ' cfV^*^"^ Exercise 36. 1 Has the poor woman a son or a daughter ? 2 The poor woman »has no daughter. 3 She has only a son. 4 What tree have you in your small garden ? 5 1 have no garden. 6 My sister has no tree in her large garden. 7 Have you spoken of my book ? 8 We have ^ V 64 tasquelle's introductort not spoken of any thing. 9 Has your brother forgotten his cap? 10 My brother has no cap, he has a hat. 11 Have you forgotten your pen ? 12 I have no pen. 13 Have you not a steel pen ? 14 I have neither pen nor paper. 15 Has that poor woman's son lost his present? f6yf>fhat poor woman's son has received no, present. 1*7 My school-mate has neither father nor mother. 18 Have you a brother or a sister? 19 I have neither brother nor sister. 20 Have we lost our handsome book ? -^21 We have no book. 22 Have you forgotten your watch? 23 I have no watch, I have brought my brother's. 24 Have we the steel or the iron? 25jWe have neither the steel nor the iron. '^ - oxZ « LEgoisr XX. LESSON / XX. AVOIR FAIM, AVOIR SOIF ; TO BE HUNGRY^ TO BE THIESTY^ ETC. ^ 1. The French say: J'ai faifift, a^ Vous avez chfefi;' / have hunger J He has thirsty You have warmth, for I am hungry. He is thirsty. You are warm. H- Nous avons f^^^ We have cold, Li We are cold. > lis ont pto, Tliey have fear^ U TJiey are afraid. I J'ai honte, I have shame, a I am ashamed. Vous avez somm^, You have- sleep, a You are sleepy. 11 a raison, He has reason. a He is right. Elle a tortj She has wrong, u She is wrong. ^1 XL/ l,.\J^v\^ ■ (^ itAAjjJiXA Y M^^^ I "" ,,. .FRENCH COURSE. 65 2. The verb avoir is also used in the following sen- tences : I have something, tT'ai quelqu e chose, J Something ails me. Something is the matter with me. Have you any thing f /^0/yj Avez-vous q uelque chose ? ^ Does any thing ail you f Is any thing the matter ivith you f We have nothing. Nothing ails us. Nothing is the matter with us. Your brother has nothing. Nothing is the matter with your brother. Nothing ails your brother. Nous n'avons rien. Model Sentences. Avez-yous faim ? Are you hungry f Non, Monsieur, j'ai soif. iVb, s^>, I am thirsty, N'avez-vous pas chaud ? Are you not warm f Non,,^adame, j'ai bienfroid. iVb, madam^ lam very cold. Avez-vous peur, mon petit ami ? Are you afraid, my little friend ? Oui, madame,j'aipeurduchien. Tes, madam, lam afraid of the dog. I am not afraid, I am sleepy. Of what are you ashamed ? lam neither afraid nor ashamed. Are you not wrotig f No, miss, lam right. Wliat is the matter with you, sir? Nothing is the matter with me, madam, 2 Je n'ai pas peur, j'ai sommeil. De quoi avez-vous honte ? Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. jST'av^^-vous pas tort ? !N"on,^>pttademoiselle, j'ai raison. Qu'avez-vous, monsieur? JTe n'a? rien, madame. 66 fasquelle's introductory Vocabulary. ) "*^ Animal, m. Anvnal. Aujourd'hui, To-day, ^^ Ban4mei', ra. Banker. Chien, m. Dog, — Cc^ oi^be, £ Dove. ^ Con^ce. ^Jf/H^ Peche, f. Peach, Vu, /S66/^. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce^ cet^ cette^ before them. ^-^ o^M^ EXEKCISE 43. 1 La robe de ma cousine est-elle trop longue ? 2 Non, monsieur, elle n'est pas trop longue. 3 Elle est trop courte. 4 Cette dentello est-elle seche ? 5 Non, mademoiselle, elle est encore mouillee. 6 Ce bel arbre est-il mort ? 7 ISTon, madame, ce bel arbre n'est pas mort. 8 N^'est-il pas tres beau ? -9 Oui, mon cher monsieur, cet arbre est beau et grand. 10 Qu'avez- vous cueilli dans votre grand jardih ? 11 Nous'avons cueilli une grosse cerise. 12 Mon frere a cueilli une grosse fraise et une petite fraraboise. 13 Avez-vous apporte une bonne cerise ? 14 J'ai apporte une petite cerise. 15 Cette cerise est blanche et votre cerise est noire. 16 ]!^'avez-vous pas mange le bel abricot? 17 Le bel abricot est sur la petite table. 18 A qui avez-vous donne la belle peche? 19 J'ai donne la mauv^ise peche au petit garden. 20 Cette pomme est- elle douce? 21 N^on, monsieur, elle est tres sure. 22 Mon frere a un bel habit. 23 La cravate est blanche. 24 Ma scEur a une robe blanche. 25 Cette eau est fraiche. 26 Ce poisson n'est pas frais. 78 fasquelle's introductort Exercise 44. 1 Have you a large apple ? 2 ISTo, sir, I have a small apple. 3 Is that peach sweet ? 4 Yes, sir, it is very sweet. 5 This strawberry is sour, it is not sweet. 6 Is your sister's lace white ? 7 ISTo, madam, her lace is not white, it is black. 8 Whei-e is the fine apricot ? 9 It is on the table in your mother's room. 10 Is that young lady mute ? 11 She is not mute. 12 Her voice is very sweet. 13 Is not that lady's dress too long? 14 1^0, miss, her dress is not too long, it is too short. 15 Is that good news false? 16 The bad news is false. 17 Have you picked a fine apple? 18 This apple is fine, but it is very sour. 19 Have you seen my cousin's handsome coat ? 20 I have not seen his handsome coat, I have seen his old cravat. 21 Have you fresh water ? 22 This water is good, but it is not fresh. 23 Is this pear good or bad? 24 It is very large, but it is not good. 25 Your cravat is wet, and mine is dry. ?k LEgON XXiy. LESSON XXIV. PLACE or THE ADJECTIVE. 1. The adjective, in French, commonly follows the noun : Un chapeau noir, A black hat Une robe blanche, A white dress, Dc I'eau fraiche, Fresh water. ^>-C^ i /) . FRENCH COURSE. 79 2. The followingf a^ajectives, however, are j^enerally put before the nc Beau, Handsome^ fine, Bon, Good. Br^ve, Worthy. Cher, Dear, Grand, Large^ great, GroH, Large^ big. Jeune, Young, J^li, Pretty, . Mauvais, JBad, 7'i^l^ * >"»/ Meilleur, Better, *yyU\.^ H^ Petit, /Small^ little. / Vieux, (9^c^. Model Sentences. Ma soeur a une rose blanche. Vous avez apporte une pomme douce. Nous avons vule brave homme. Avez-vous apporte une tulipe rouge ? Ma soeur a une tulipe bleue. H a ecrit sur du papier jaune. Ce jeune homme a tort. La grosse peche est mure. Cette grande maison est belle. Cette belle maison a une petite cour. My sister has a white rose. You have brought a sweet apple. We have seen the worthy man. Have you brought a red tulip f My sister has a blue tulip. He has written on yellow paper. That young man is wrong. Tlie large peach is 7^ipe. That large house is beautiful. That beautiful house has a small yard. '7 YOCABULARY. ** Amusant, Amicslng^ enter- Conduite, f. Conduct. taming. Q^fSf^i. Yard. Bleu, Blue. ^ '^ ^ ^ Cueilli, Picked., gathered, Chien, m. Bog, Eau, f. Water. Commode, Conveyiient. Indienne, f. Printed calico. 80 FASQUELLE's INTBODUCIORY Jardin, m. Garden, Rouge, Red, t^ Mur, Hipe. Satin, m. Satin, r A^ ^UOi, Nouveau, New, Sole, f. S>ilh, Peche, f. Peach, Toile, f. Linen, Pomrae, f. Apple, Tulipe, f. Tulip, Prun^ f. Plum, Yache, f. Cow, Ro^e, f. Rose, Ver\, Green, Give the nouns with Ze, /a, l\ before them. Exercise 45. 1 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache ? 2 Nous avons peur de la grosse vache. 3 Yotre frere a-t-il honte de sa conduite ? 4 II a honte de sa mauvaise conduite. 5 Ou avez-vous cueilh cette tuhpe ? 6 J'ai cueilU la belle tulipe rouge dans votre grand jardin. 7 Ce petit enfant a-t-il tort ? 8 La petite fille a peur du gros chien. 9 La belle demoiselle a raison. 10 Nous avons cueilli une rose jaune. 11 La belle prune est- elle mvire? 12 La petite peche est mure. 13 Avez- vous de I'eau fraiche? 14 Nous avons de I'eau, mais elle'n'est pas fraiche. 15 Yotre grande maison est belle et commode. 16 Avez-vous de Ja toile blanche? 17 Nous avons de la toile blanche et de I'indienne bleue. 18 Ce vieux livre est-il amusant ? 19 Le livre nouveau n'est pas amusant. 20 Mon fr^re est dans la petite cour. Exercise 46. -4 1 Are you afraid of the large dog ? 2 No, sir, I am not afraid of the large dog, I am afraid of the red cow. FRENCH COURSE. 81 f j|/8 Is the beautiful peacli ripe ? 4 The beautiful yellow peach is ripe. 5 The small green apple is not ripe. ^ 6 Where have you picked the beautiful rose ? 7 In your small garden, sir. 8 Is the httle young lady wrong? 9 The handsome young lady is right. 10 Is your little sister ashamed? 11 My little sister is ashamed of her bad conduct. 12 Have you blue print ? 13 We have no blue print, we have blue silk and blue satin. 14 Have you fresh water? 15 We have no fresh water, sir. 16 The water is not fresh. 17 Is your large house convenient ? 18 Our beautiful house is not convenient. 19 Have you white linen, sir ? 20 We have no white linen, madam. 21 Is that new book amusing ? 22 That old book is amusing. 23 Have you a handsome yellow tulip ? 24 I have no yellow tulip, I have a red tulip. 25 Is that blue plum ripe ? 26 The blue plum is not ripe, the green plum is ripe. LEgoN XXV. lesso:n^ xxy. THE PLURAL. 1. The general way of making a noun plural is, lu French, as in English, by adding s to the singular. 2. A noun ending with 5, cc, or s, is not changed for -the plural. 3. Les, the, is always the plural of le, la, or l\ and is placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 82 fasquelle's introdfctoet La maison, the house, Les maisons, the houses, Le frere, the brother, Les freres, the brothers. La soeur, the sister, Les soeurs, the sisters. Le bas, the stocking, Les bas, the stocJcings. La voix, the voice, Les voix, the voices. Model Sentences. Avez-vous les poires du jar- dinier ? J'ai les pommes de la dame. Les charpentiers sont-ils ici ? Les menuisiers sont dans la maison. Les dames ont-elles raison ? Les demoiselles ont tort. Les soeurs de mon ami ont-elles faim? Elles n'ont pas faim, elles ont soif. . Oil sont les habits de mon fr^re ? lis sont dans ma chambre. Ou avez-vous pi ante les arbres ? Dans les champs de mon fr^re. Have you the gardener's pears f I have the lady's apples. Are the carpenters here f The joiners are in the house. Are the ladies right ? The young ladies are wrong. Are my friend's sisters hungry f They are not hungry ^ they ar& thirsty. Where are my brother's coats f They are in my room. Where have you plantedthe trees? In my brother's fields. Vocabulary. Biblioth^que, f. Library, Chambre, f. Room, Champ, m. Field. — Cousine, f. Cousin, - Demoiselle, f. Young lady, Ici, Here Drap, m. Cloth, Lettre, f. Letter, Fermier, m. Farmer, Fil, m. Thread, - Gouvernante, f. Governess Habit, m. Coat^ I FRENCH COURSE. 83 Magasin, m. Store, '^ Oublie, Forgotten, Messieurs, m. Gentlemen, Ouvrier, m. Workman, Mis, Put, Tailleur, m. Tailor, Modiste, f. Milliner, ^ Velours, m. Velvet, Monsieur, m. Geiitleman, Yert, Green, Mousseline, f. Mtisli?!,^ Yu, Seen, Give the nouns in the vocabulary with the plural article les. Exercise 47. 1 Les ouvriers du tailleur sont-ils ici ? 2 lis ont oublie les habits de mon frere. 3 Les modistes sont- elles dans les raagasins ? 4 Elles sont dans les maga- sins. 5 Cette dame a-t-elle les livres de notre biblio- theque? 6 Elle a les livres de la votre. 7 Oii avez- vous mis les lettres ? 8 Dans la chambre de votre cousine. 9 Les sceurs de ce monsieur sont-elles ici? 10 Non, monsieur, elles ne sont pas ici. 11 Ou sont- elles ? 12 Elles sont dans la chambre de leur gouver- nante. 13 Les demoiselles ont-elles froid ? 14 Les messieurs ont froid. 15 Les demoiselles n'ont-elles pas tort? 16 Les petites filles ont tort et honte. 17 Les tailleurs ont du fil, de la sole, du drap et de la toile. 18 Les modistes ont du velours, mais elles n'ont pas de drap. 19 Les marchands ont de bon drap, de belle mousseline et de la sole verte. Exercise 48. 1 Have the ladies good velvet? 2 The tailor's workmen have good velvet. 3 Have you seen the 84 FABQUELLE's INTKODUCTOEy tailor's sisters ? 4 I have seen the lady's sisters, where are they ? 5 They are in my brother's fields. 6 Have the ladies black silk ? 1 They have no black silk, they have green silk. 8 Are the ladies cold? 9 The ladies are not cold, they are warm. 10 Are the farmers right or wrong? 11 The farmers are right, they are not wrong. 12 Where are the young ladies? 13 Are they not in their governess's room? 14 I^o, madam, they are not in her room. 15 Have the mer- chants handsome muslin ? 16 They have no muslin. 17 What have they? 18 They have good cloth, good thread, and good velvet. 19 Have you a handsome library? 20 ISTo, sir, we have no library. 21 The books of your library are herp. 22 Are the gentlemen cold ? 23 Ko, sir, the gentlemen are not cold, they are warm. 24 Where has your brother put the letter ? 25 He has put the letters in his room. LEgOX XXVI. LESSON XXYI. THE PLUEAL, CONTINUED. 1. N'ouns ending with au and ei/, take x for the plurak Le marteau, the hammer, Lesmarteaux, the hammers, Le chapeau, tJie hat. Les chapeaux, the hats, Le neveu, the nephew, Les neveux, the iiephews, Le feu, the fire, Les feux, the fires, 2. Nouns ending in a?, generally form their plural in aux. FRENCH COURSE. 85 Le marechal, the black- Les marechaux, the black- smith, smiths, Le capital, the capital, , . Les capitaux, the capitals,^ ^ 3. BijoUyCUilliOu^ chou^ genou^ hibou^joujoli^ t^e x for the plural. Ay- /t^ ici/^fr^ Le bijou, the jewel, Les bijoux, the jewels, Lejoujou, the plaything, Jjes ]oujoux^ the play thmgs. 4. Travail makes travaux, del makes cieux^ and ceil makes yeux for the plural. Le travail, the work, Les travaux, the works, Le ciel, the heaven. Les cieux, the heavens, L'oeil, the eye, Les yeux, the eyes. For farther rules and exceptions, see " Larger Cpi^-se," pp. 47, 286 and 287. ^^aA - 5. Des, ofthe^ so77ie, is the plural of clic^ de la^ de l\ Aux, at the^ to the^ is the plural of a?/, a la^ a l\ They are placed before masculine or feminine nouns. Des livres, (some) books, Aux livres, to the books. Des amis, of the friends, Aux amis, to the friends, Des dames, (some) ladies, Aux dames, to the ladies, E^^ De les, a les, are never used. _^ |] Model Sentences. Les dames ont-elles des clia- Have the ladies silk hats f peaux de sole ? Elles ont des manteaux de They have velvet cloaks. velours. Avez-vous des bijonx d'or ? Have you gold jewels f Nous avons des joujoux de bois. We have ivooden play-things. ■f/ ,,_ J 86 f ASQbELLE'S INTRODUCTOKY Les neveux ne sont pas ici. The, nejphews are not here. J'ai vu les y eux de la dame. / have seen the lady's eyes. Les freres des marechaux sont The hlacksmiths^ brothers are ici. here. Vous avez casse les manches You have broken the hammer- des marteaux. handles. Avez-vous apporte des mar- Have you brought wooden ham- teaux de bois ? mers f J'ai parle aux freres des dames. / have spoken to the ladies^ brothers. YOCABULAKY. Arsenal, m. Arsenal, Jete, Thrown. Beau, bel, i^^;^6, hand- Joiijou, m. Plaything, some. Manteau, m. Cloak. Bijou, m. Jevjel. Marechal, m. J^lacksmith, Caillou, ra. Pebble, stone. Marteau, ra. Hammer, Castor, m. Beaver. , yNeveu, m. JSFeph^w. Chambre, I Boom. j^(m, m. Eye. v-v^/^-^ Ciseaux, m. Scissors. Oii, Where. ' Chapelier, m. Hatter. Oublie, Forgotten, Donne, Given. Parle, Spoken. ■» Fait, Made. Porte, Worn J 'o.^^^^^^-^ Gargon, m. Boy. Qui, Who. General, m. General. Vu, Seen. Hopital, m. Hospital. Yeux, m. Eyes. Give the above nouns preceded by des (some, any). Exercise 49. 1 Les tailleurs ont-ils des raanteaux de soie ? 2 lis ont les manteaux des marechaux. 3 Avez-vous parle FRENCH COURSE. 87 aux neveux des g6n6raux? 4 J'ai parle aux nieces des chapeliers. 5 Le chapelier a-t-il fait des chapeaux de sole ? 6 II a fait des chapeaux de soie et des char peaux de castor. 1 Les bijoux des dames sont-ils ici ? 8 Les bijoux et les joujoux sont ici. 9 A qui avez- vous donne les marteaux ? ^10 Nous avons donne les marteaux aux marechaux. 11 Avez-vous jete des cailloux? 12 Nous avons jete des cailloux. 13 Avez- vous vu les neveux des generaux ? 14 J'ai vu les generaux. 15 Les dames ont-elles oublie les ciseaux? 16 E lies ont donne les ciseaux aux tailleurs. 17 Avez- vous vu les hopitaux ? 18 Nous avons vu un hopital et un arsenal. 19 Mon frere a vu des hopitaux et des arsenaux. 20 New York a un bel arsenal. Exercise 50. 1 Have we seen the tailor's cloaks? 2 We have seen the cloaks. 3 Have the blacksmiths worn silk hats ? 4 They have worn beaver hats. 5 Have the generals seen the hospitals ? 6 They have seen the hospitals. 7 To whom have you spoken ? 8 We have spoken to the generals. 9 Have you not spoken to the ladies ? 10 We have not spoken to the ladies. 11 To whom have you given the playthings? 12 We have given the playthings and the jewels to the ladies. 13 Have the ladies' nephews thrown the pebbles? J 4 They have thrown the pebbles. 15 Where have you seen the ladies' scissors? 16 In their (leiirs) nephews' rooms. 17 Has your brother seen the hos- pitals? 18 He has seen the hospitals and the arsenals. 88 fasquelle's introductory 19 Have you not seen the children's eyes? 20 I have not seen the boy's eyes. 21 Where are the general's nephews ? 22 Has the tailor made silk cloaks ? 23 He has made cloth cloaks. 24 The hatter has made beaver hats. 25 My brother has not seen the hospital. LEgON XXVII. LESSON XXYII. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 1. We have seen, Lesson 22, that the adjective is put in the same gender and number as the noun to which it belongs ; an adjective belonging to a plural noun must therefore be put in the plural. 2. All feminine adjectives add s for the plural. SINGULAE. PLURAL. La belle dame. Les belles dames. 27ie handsome lady. The handsome ladies. La robe noire. Les robes noires. The black dress. The black dresses, 3. Masculine adjectives ending with s or x^ are not changed for the plural. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Un maavais livre. Deux mauvais livres. A had book. Two bad books. Tin homme heureux. Des hommes heureux. A happy man, Happy men. FRENCH COUKSE. 89 4. Other masculine adjectives (not ending with eau and at) take s for the pUiral. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Le grand arbre. Les grands arbres. The large tree. The large trees, Le jardin est petit. Les jardins sont petits. The garden is small. The gardens are small. Model Sentences. Avez-vous cueilli les belles Have you gathered the beautiful noisettes ? hazel-nuts f J'ai cueilli les gros abricots. / have piched the large apricots. Yotre soeur a les bonnes ai- Your sister has the good needles. guilles. Les enveloppes sont-elles trop Are the envelopes too small f petites ? Elles sont trop etroites. They are too narroiu. Avez-vous mange les mauvaises Have you eaten the had apples P pommes ? Les pommes ne sont pas mau- Tlie apples are not had. vaises. Les petites filles sont-elles lieu- Are the little girls happy f reuses ? Elles sont tres malheureuses. They are very unhappy. Les enfants sont toujours heu- The children are always happy, reux. Les cerises sont-elles mures ? Are the cherries ripe f Avez-vous vu les jolies tour- Have you seen the pretty doves f tereiles ? YOCABULARY. Apporte, Brought, Blanc, White, Attentif, Attentive, Botte,/. Boot, 90 fasquelle's inteoductoky Cordonniei^ m. fShoemaker, Neuf, New. Dechiie, Torn. Petit, Small^ little. Demoiselle, f. Yowig lady. Poire, f. Pear. Excellent, Excellent. Pomme, f. Apple. Enveloppe, f. Envelope. Soulier, m. ^hoe. Joli, Pretty, Studieux, Studious. Legon, f. Lesson, Tiroir, m. Draioer, Mange, Eaten. Toujours, Always, Mauvais, Bad,, poor, Tourterelle, f. Turtle-dove, Mar, Ripe. Tres, Very. Give the nouns with mo?2, ma, before them. Exercise 51. 1 Les petites filles sont-elles jolies ? 2 Elles ne sont pas tres jolies. 3 Les jolies demoiselles sont studieuses. 4 Sont-elles attentives a leurs leqons ? 5 Elles sont toujours attentives. 6 Avez-vous vu mes belles tour- terelles ? 7 J'ai vu les tourterelles blanches de votre soeur. 8 Ou sont les petites enveloppes ? 9 Dans les petits tiroirs de la table. 10 On avez-vous mis i^put) les bottes neuves? 11 Les bottes neuves sont dans votre chambre. 12 Le coixlonnier a-t-il apporte les souliers neufs ? 13 II a apporte les souliers neufs. 14 Les poires sont-elles mauvaises ? 15 Les poires sont excellentes. 16 Avez-vous dechire les belles enve- loppes ? 17 Je n'ai pas dechire les belles enveloppes. 18 Avez-vous mange les bonnes pommes ou les mau- vaises? 19 J'ai mange les mauvaises pommes. french course. 91 Exercise 52. 1 Are the apples good ? 2 The apples are not very good. 3 They are not yet {encore) ripe. 4 Have you seen my brother's pretty turtle-doves ? 5 We have seen your pretty cousin's white turtle-doves. 6 Are those young ladies pretty ? 7 They are very pretty. 8 Are they not very studious ? 9 They are very stu- dious and very happy. 10 Where have you put the ripe pears? 11 In ray mother's room. 12 Have you eaten the good pears ? 13 I have eaten the ripe pears. 14 Are the pears very good, sir? 15 They are not very ripe. 16 Why (j)ourquoi) have you not eaten the large apples? 17 They are not good, sir. 18 Why have you torn the small envelopes ? 19 They were {ctaient) too {trop) small, madam. 20 Where are the new shoes? 21 They are in your room. 22 Has the shoe- maker brought the new boots? 23 He has brought the new boots and the new shoes. 24 Are the turtle-doves very white ? 25 They are very white and very beautiful. LEgOIST XXYIII. LESSON XXVIII. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 1. Adjectives ending with eau^ add x for the plural masculine. 8INGULAK. PLTTBAL. Le livre nouveau. Les livres nouveaux. The new booJc. The neio books. Le beau cheval. Lfe beaux chevgHix. The beautiful horse. The beautiful horses. I 92 fasquelle's introductory 2. Many adjectives ending with al^ take aux for the plural masculine. \^ Un officier general. Des officiers 'generaux. A general officer. General officers, 3. An adjective belonging to two or more singular nouns is put in the plural. La rose et la peche sont The rose and peach are belles, beautiful, Le cheval et le chien sont The horse and dog are noirs, hlacJc. 4. Should an adjective belong to a masculine noun and to one or more feminine nouns, it must be put in the masculine plural. Le gargon et la fille sont The hoy and girl are good, bons, Le chat et la vache sont The cat and the coio are blancs, vnhite, . 5. De is put instead of des (some, any) before a plural noun preceded by an adjective. Votre soeur a de bons Your sister has good boohs, livres, 6. De is also put instead of des before a plural noun, after a negative verb. II n'a pas de cerises, He has no cherries, M o D EL^ Sentences. Ou sont les beaux Ifabits ? Where are the beautiful clothes f Vous n'avez pas de beaux habits. You have no heautiful clothes. I FRENCH COURS] 93 ISTous n'avons pas de chevaux. We have no horses. Le gar9on et la fille sont at- The hoy and girl are attentive. teatifs. Les pommes sont-elles bonnes ? Are the apples good ? Les prunes et les cerises sont The plums and cheyTies are white. blanches. La peclie et la prune sont The peach and plum are yelloio. jaunes. Le tailleur et la modiste sont Tlie tailor and milliner are skUl- adroits. ful Le chien et la vache sont noirs. The dog and cow are black. Le garcon et la fille sont stu- Tlie hoy and girl are studious. dieux. Vocabulary. 2 . ■ .pporte, Brought, Blanc, White. CerisieV, m. Cherry-tree. CertaineiS^t, Certainly. Chevre, f. Goat. Excellent, Excellent. Geiiq^-al, General. Heureux, Happy. Ih - lit l Ici, Here. Industrieux, Industrious. Jaune, Yelloio. p'^'vi^ Malheureux, Vnhappy. Put the article le, la, vocabulary. March and, m. Merchant. Modiste, f. Milliner. MoutoD, m. Sheep. Noir, Black. Nouveau, JVem. Officii, m. Officer. Peche, f. Beach. Pommier, m. Apple-tree. Roijge, Bed. Rose, f. Bose. Vache, f. Cow. Verger, m. Orchard. l\ before the nouns in the 94 fasqtjelle's introductory Exercise 63. 1 Ma scEur a apporte les livres nouveaux. 2 Elle a des livres excellents. 3 Elle a de beaux cerisiers. 4 Elle n'a pas de poinmiers. 5 Les officiers gen6ratix sont-ils ici ? 6 Les beaux cbevaux sent noirs. 7 Les enfants sont-ils heureux ? 8 Les petites filles ne sont pas heuveuses. 9 Les petits garqons sont tr^s mal- iieur^x. 10 Les petits garqons et les petites filles sont tr^s heureux. 11 Votre belle chevre est-elle blanche? 12 Ma chevre et mon mouton sont blancs. 13 Les moutons de mon cousin sont-ils beaux ? 14 Ses vaches et ses moutons sont tr^s beaux. 15 Avez-vous des cerises blanches dans votre verger? 16 Nous n'avons pas de cerises blanches. 17 Nous avons des cerises noires et des cerises rouges. 1 8 Le marchand est-il heureux? 19 Le marchand et la modiste sont in- dustrieux. 20 Ont-ils raison ou tort ? 21 lis ont rai- son, certainen^ent. , Exercise 54. , ^ , . - 1 Where are the beautiful apples ? 2 I have no beau- tiful apples. 3 Your brother has no,, apples. 4 Has the merchant fine, apple-trees ? 5 He has no apple- trees. 6 He has excellent cherry-trees. 7 Are your (vos) sisters happy ? 8 They are very happy. 9 My brother and (my) sister are happy. 10 Is the milliner industrious? 11 She is very industrious. 12 Her brother and she are industrious. 1 3 Ave your brother's sheep white ? 14 No, sir, they are black. 15 He has -:x • F K E N C H C O U E S E . 95 no white sheep. 16 Is your goat black or white ? 17 My goat and (my) sheep are white. 18 Have you black cherries in your orchard? 19 I have fine bktek cherries.* -'^ffiTiave no white cherries. 21 Have you new books? 22 I have new books. 23 Are the general .officers in your room ? 24 The general officer is in my room. 25 Are the rose and the peach beautiful ? 26 They are very beautiful. */ k^ LEgON XXIX. LESSON XXIX. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PKONOUNS. Mes, my, is the plural of mon, ma Tes, %, (fc ton, ta. Ses, A^s, her^ " (C S071, sa. Nos, our^ " (( notre. Yos, your, " (( votre. Leurs , their. " (C leur. The above words are put before plural nouns of either gender, and must be repeated before every noun. Mes amis, ses amis, leurs 3fy friends, his or her amis, friends, their friends, — 2. Les miens, miiie, is the plural of le mien, ILes tiens, thine, " " " le tien. wy^,^^^^^ VJ: / sX / 96 fasquelle's introductory • t--o-- Jiers. Yotre miroir et le sien. Your looking glass and his or hers. Avez-vou^_apporte ma lettre ? Have you brought my letter f Je n*ai pas apport6 la votre. / have not brought yours. Vos cousines et les notres. Your cousins and ours. FEENC II COURSE. 97 VOCABULAKY. Blanc, White, cM^ Moncho'ir^m, Handkerchief. x:)Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree, Neuf, Nmo. ^^ Double, Double, - /^w CEiliet, m. P^^^^^ 9J\^ - -^ ^ ,' Fleur, f. Flower, On, TFAerg. ^ ' Gant, m. Glove, cil^ T^awterr e^m, F'loioej'-garden. Giroflee, f. Gilly-flower^ ^iVo\Y\Q\\ ra. Pear-tree. Grand, Large, ^j^ Pomniier, m. Apple-tree, . Habit, ra. Coat, Pruniei*, ni. Plum-tree, Indulgent, Indulgent, Xx^ Rose, f. Hose, » Jardin, m. Garden,^ _ Rouge, i?ecZ. Jaune, Yellow, i tn'-A Simple, Single, ^ Lis, m. Lily, - i^-4y Tulipe, f. Tulip, Put the article des or les before the nouns. Exercise 55. 1 Les tulipes de votre frere sont-elles doubles? 2 Les siennes ne sont pas doubles. 3 Les miennes sont simples. 4 Ydg^oeillets sont-ils rouges 6u blancs ? 5 Les miens sont blancs, les votres sont rouges. 6 Ou sont vos lis et les siens ? 7 Les siens sont dans le par- terre. 8 Les notres so^t dans le grand jardi^T 9 Yotre amie a-t-elle de belles ^^ojflees? 10 Ses giroflees sont rouges et les mienne^Bl^nches. 1 1 Leurs lis sont-ils blancs ou jaunes? 12 Les leurs sont blancs. 13 Les miens ne sont pas jaunes. 14 Mes roses sont rouges et les v6tres sont blanches. 15 Mes poiriers, mes cerisiers, et mes pruniers sont en fleurs (in the blow). 16 Les 98 fasquellb'^s introductory \\J^ miens, les v6tres, et les siens ne sont pas en fleui's. 17 Ses habits, ses gants, ses mouchoirs ne sont pas neufs. 18 Les votres, les sienj^et les miens sqnt neufs. 19 Mon pere et ma mere sont indulgents. ■^ Exercise 56. 1 Has your sister my beautiful flowers ? 2 She has hers, mine, and yours. 3 Are your cherry-trees in the blow ? 4 Mine are not in the blow. 5 Yours are in the blow. 6 Has not your cousin handsome roses ? 7 Her roses are not handsome. 8 Mine are red and very handsome. 9 Are your coats and handkerchiefs new? 10 My gloves and handkerchiefs are new. 11 Mine are not new, but (mais) they are good. 12 Mine, yours, and hers are white. 13 Have they lilies in their flower-garden ? <^14 They have lilies and roses in theirs. 15 I have, beautiful yellow tulips in mine. 16 My tulips are single and yours are double. 17 Mine are not very beautiful. 18 My father and (my) mother are in the flower garden. 19 My clierry- trees and (my) apple-trees are in the blow. 20 Are your gilly-flowers double, sir? 21 Mine are not double, sir. 22 Where are your new gloves? 23 Mine, yours, and hers are here. 24 Your lily is white, but mine is yellow. 25 My brothers and my sisters are not in my garden. 26 My roses are yellow and yours are red. 'V BNOHCOUJBSE. 99 LEgOl^ XXX. LESSO:^ XXX. THE PLUKAL, CONTINUED. — DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PEONOUNS. 1. Ces, these^ those^ is the plural of C6, cet^ cette. It is put before plural nouns, either mascuhne or feminine, and is repeated before every noun. Ceshomi-tiesetcesfemmes. TJiose men and {those) loomen. Ces chevaux et cesvaches. These horses and {these) cotes. 2. Ceux, those, is the plural of celui. It refers to nouns masculine plural. Ces tapis et ceux de votre These carpets and your soeur. sister^ s. Literally : These carjjets and those of your sister, 3. Celles, those, is the plural of celle. It relates to nouns in the plural feminine. Ces maisons et celles de These houses and our notre oncle. imcWs, Literally : These houses and those of our uyicle, 4. Ceux-ci, these, is the plural of celiii-ci, this one. Ceux-la, those, " " " celui-la, that one. These words relate to nouns in the plural masculine. Quels tapis avez-vous ? What or which carpets have you f J'ai ceux-ci et ceux-la. I have these and those. 100 fasquelle's introductory 5. Celles-ci, tJiese^ is the plural of eelle-ci^ this one. Celles-lA, those^ " " " celle-ld^ that one. These pronouns refer to plural nouns in the fem- inine. Qnelles demoiselles sont What or lohich young studieuses ? ladies are studious f Celles-ci et celles-la. These and those. Model Sentences. Ces livres sont-ils interessants ? Are those hooks interesting ? Ceux de mon frere sont amu- My 'brother's are amusing. sants. Ces robes soiit-elles a la mode ? Are those dresses fashionable f Celles de ma soeur sont a la My sister's are fashionable ? mode. Avez-vous vu mes soeurs et Have you seen my sisters and celles de votre ami ? your friend's (those of your frieiid) f J'ai vu celles de votre ami. / have seen your friend's. Ces chevaux et ces vaclies sont Those horses and (those) cows are beaux. beautiful. Ces tapis sont-ils neufs ? Are these carpets neiu f Quelles ardoises avez-vous ? What or which slates have you f Vocabulary. o Aiguise, Sharpened, Carte, f. Map, ^ Assiette, f. Plate. Casse, Broken, Blanc, Glean., white, Chandelle, f. Candle. Bougie, f. Wax-light, Commode, f. Bureau, Brave, Brave, Cuisinier, m. Cook, /i. FRENCH COURSE. 101 !Epicier, m. Grocer, Petit, Little^ small. Glace, f. Hioohing-glass, Quel, Which, ichat, Haut, High, ^ Rasoir, m. Razor, Matelot, m. Sailor, Sale, Soiled^ dirty, Mauvais, Bad^ poor. Serviette, f. Di7i7ier-napJcin. Meilleur, Better, "^ Soldat, m. Soldier, Mouchoir, m. HandJcer- Suif, m. Tallow, chief, Sur, Upon, on, Peri-uquier, m. Hair- Tiroir, m. Drawer, dresser, Trop, Too, too mitch. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce^ cet^ or cette before them. Exercise 57. 1 Mes cartes et les votres sont-elles grandes ? 2 Les raiennes sont tres grandes. 3 Celles de votre scBur sont petites. 4 Ces commodes ne sont pas belles. 5 Celle de notre epicier est trop haute. 6 Avez- vous casse les glaces de ma soeur ? 7 J'ai casse celles de votre cousine. 8 Nos serviettes sont-elles sales ? 9 Celle de mon frere est blanche. 10 La mienne n'est pas blanche. 11 Celles de notre cuisinier sont dans le tiroir. 12 Avez-vous aiguisa les rasoirs ? 13 J'ai aiguise ceux-ci et ceux-la. 14 Je n'ai pas aiguise ceux du perruquier. 15 Ces soldats sont-ils braves? 16 Ces soldats et ces matelots sont ties braves; -^7 Ces clian- delles et ces bougies sont mauvaises. 18 Celles de I'epicier sont mauvaises. 19 Ces assiettes sont belles, mais celles-la sont meilleures. 102 fasquelle^s introductory Exercise 58. 1 Is your bureau too large ? 2 My bureau is too Bmall. 3 My sister's is too small, and your brother's is too high. 4 Where are your maps ? 5 Mine are in my room. 6 Your brother's are upon the small bureau. 7 Are our dinner-napkins clean ? 8 Your brother's are dirty. 9 My handkerchiefs are clean. 10 My brother's and sister's are clean. (Those of m?/ 'brother and those of my sister). 11 Has the hair- dresser sharpened my razors ? 12 He has not sharpened mine. 13 He has sharpened my brother's and ray cousin's. 14 Are your wax-lights good ? 15 Mine are not good, but my brother's are good. 16 Those looking-glasses are small. 17 The grocer's are too large. 18 Are those sailors and (those) soldier's brave? 19 These are brave. 20 Are those handker- chiefs and napkins clean? 21 These are clean. 22 Those are not clean. 23 What candles have you? 24 I have tallow candles and wax-lights. 25 Those wax-lights and your friends'. 26 Mine, yours, and your cousin's. LEgoisr XXXI. lesson^ xxxi CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 1. There are in French four classes or conjugations of verbs. They are distinguished by the endings of their infinitives or names. FRENCH COUKSE. 103 1st. 2d. 3d. 4th. ER, IR, OIK, RE. Donn-er, to give. Pun-ir, to punish. Dev-oir, to owe. Vend-re, to sell. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative of the regular verbs of the first conjugation are : e, es^ e, ons, eZy eiit, 3. Present of the Indicative of / , ,-Pr^t-^, to lend, Je pret-K Ilend.^ I do lend^ or I am lending, Tu pret-^ Thou lendest, II pre^-)s, Tie lends, Elle pret-B^ She lends, ^ Nous pret-ons, We lend. Vous pre^t-ii^ You lend. lis pret-eait, TJiey (m.) lend, EUes pret-entj They (f.) leyid, DONN-:^, TO GIVE, Je donn-8^ I give^ I do give^ or I am giving, Tu donn-es, Thou givest, II donn-^, He gives, Elle donn-^, /She gives, Nous donn-on>^, We give, Yous donn-e^, You give, lis donn-e4it, They (m.) give. Elles donn-e»t^ They (f.) give. 104 FASQUELLe'S INTEODtJCTOEY Che^h-e5^ to seek^ to look fob, Je cherch-&^ / look for. Tu cherch-^ Thou looJcest for, II chercli-^ He looks for, Elle cherch-^ She looks for. Nous cherch-on5(, We look for, Yous clierch-eX ^<^^ ^^^^ fa'*'- lis cherch-^»V They (m.) look for. EUes chercli-^Bt, They (f.) look for. Demand-er, to ask^ to ask fob^ to bequest, Je de^nand-es, I ask for, Tu clemand-0^, Thou ashestfor, II demand-(?5^ He asks for. Elle demaud-ej She asks for, Nous demand-ons^ We ask for, Yous deniand-e:S^, You ask for. lis demand-e'b4^. They (m.) ask for, Elles demand-6ut. They (f.) ask for, 4. As will be seen above, Je pret^e, Je donne, &c., mean I lend., do lend^ or am lending / 1 give., do give., or am giving. These expressions, and similar ones, can only be expressed in French by the present of the indicative. Model Sentences. Je donne un livre ^ ma soeur. I give a hook to my sister. Yous pretez le couteau a mon You lend the knife to my brother, fr(^re. > A, Elle cherclie la clef de sa ShehoTcs for the hey of her room. chambre. FRENCH COURSE. 105 II demande une pomme. Nous demandons notre cousine. Yous cherchez leur soeur. Ma soeur cherche son amie. 'Nous pretons notre argent. Je demande des fraises. Elles donntnfe des noix. He is ashing for an apple. We (ask) are asking for our cousin. You look for or seek their sister. My sister looks for her friend. We lend our money. I am asking for strawherries. They give nuts. .^nc.<. VOCABULAEY. 05^ thou give ? Donne-t-il ? Does he give ? Donne-t-elle ? Does she give ? Donnons-nons ? Do %oe give ? Donnez-vous ? Do yoit give ? Donnent-ils ? Do they (m.) give ? Donnent-elles ? Do they (f.) <7/?;e ? 108 FASQUELLE8 INTKODUCTORY Est-ce que je cherche ? Do Hook for f Chercbes-tu ? Cherche-t-il ? Cherche-t-elle? Cherchons-nous ? Cherchez-vous ? Chercheiit-ils ? Chercherit-elles ? Est-ce que je demande? Demandes-tu ? Demande-t-il ? Demaiide-t-e]le ? Deiiian dons-nous ? Demandez-vous? Demandent-ils? Demandent-elles ? Z^o.9^ thou look for ? Does he look for P Does she look for ? Do 10 e look for ? Are you looking for ? Do they (ra.) look for ? Are they (f.) looking for f ' Do I ask for? Art thou asking for f Is he asking for ? Does she ask for ? Do loe ask for ? Are you asking for ? Do they (m.) ask for ? Are they (f.) ashing for f 2. In conversation, the French use est-ce que before the first person of the verb when asking a question. See Larger Course^ L. 25, R. 1, 2, 3, 4. Est-ce que je demande Am I asking for your votre frere ? brother ? Est-ce que je cherche mon Do Hook for my hook ? Uvrej^ Literally : 7^ it that I ask for my brother ? Is it that I am looking for my book'^ 3; Est-ce que may also be used with the other persons. Est-ce qu'il pr^te un hvre "^ Is he lending a book ? Est-ce que nous donnons Do we give money ? de 1' argent ? FRENCH COURSE. 109 Model Sentences. Qu'est-ce que je cherche ? Que demandez-vous ? j Qu'est-ce que vous demandez? ) Demandoris-nous de I'argent? ^ Est-ce que nous demandons > de I'argent ? ) Cherchez-vous votre fr^re ? Est-ce que vous cherchez votre frere ? Pretez-vous tout votre papier ? j Est-ce que vous pretez tout > votre papier ? ) Quel livre cherchez-vous ? WJiat am I looking for f WJiat do you ash for f or What are you asking for f Are we asking for money f or Do we ask for money f {Do you look for your broth- er P or Are you looking for your brother F \ Do yoti lend all your paper? or I Areyoulending ally our paper ? What book do you seek? or are you looking for f Y O C ABUL AR Y. Armoire, f. Cupboard. Botte, f. Boot. Bouilli, m. Boiled meat. Canif, m. PenJcnife. Canne, f. Cane. Cief^ f. Key. Cuisiniere, f. CooJc. Dejeiirifer, m. Breakfast. DineK, m. Dinner. Enfant, m. Child. Gant, m. Glove. Garqon, m. Boy. Jarabon, m. Ham. Larnpe, f. Lamp. Legume, m. Vegetable. Mi el, m. Honey. Plume, f. Pen. Poisson, m. Fish, Que, ^¥hat. ^k}^ Qui, Whom, f^Ouu^ Roti, m. Boast meat. Sala,de, f. Salad. S^lon, m. Parlor. Soupe, f. Soup. Put the word 7iotre or votre before the nouns. 110 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 61. 1 Qu'est-ce que vous cherchez ? 2 Je cherche votre plume et la mienne. 3 Que demaudez-vous mon ami ? 4 Je demande mon frere ; est-il ici ? 5 Pietez-vous voire livre ? 6 Je prete mon livre et celui de ma cousine. 7 Est-ce que vous pretez vos gants ? 8 Je prete ceiix de ma mere. 9 Cherchez-vous la clef de I'armoire ? 10 ISTous cherchons celle du salon. 11 Que demandez-vous ? 12 I^ous demandons notre lampe. 13 Votre frere demande-t-il sa canne ? 14 II demande sa canne et ses bottes. 15 La cuisiniere cherche-t-elle du poisson ? 1 6 Elle cherche du poisson pour le de- jeuner. 17 Demandez-vous du miel ? 18 Nous ne demandons pas de miel. 19 Donnez-vous du bouilli oa du jambon a I'enfant? 20 Je donne du roti a I'enfant et de la soupe au petit garden. . . Exercise 62. 1 Whom are you asking for ? 2 I ask for my cousin, 3 Does your brother ask for his penknife ? 4 He asks, for his penknife and his pen. 5 Why do you lend your umbrella ? 6 My cousin has no .umbrella. 7 Are you looking for your gloves ? 8 We are looking for our gloves and my brother's. 9 Do you give hoiiey to the little child? 10 We give boiled meat and roast meat to the httle boy. 1 1 What do you ask for [pour) your breakfast? 12 We ask for fish. 13 Does the cook look for fish ? 14 She is looking for fish. 15 Your sister looks for salad. 16 Do you lend your penknife FRENCH COURSE. Ill to the little boy? 17 Your brother is asking for his books. 18 We are asking for our boots. 19 Are we asking for honey ? 20 To (a) whom do you lend money? 21 Are you asking for roast meat? 22 We ask for boiled meat. 23 We are looking for vegetables. 24 Are you looking for your lamp ? I > LEQON XXXIII. LESSON^ XXXIII. verbs of first conjugation, continued. negative, and negative and interrogative form. 1. Indicative of Chercher and Demander con- jugated : NEGATIVELY. Je ne cherche pas. Tu ne cherches pas. II ne cherche pas. Elle ne cherche pas. N'ous ne cherchons pas. Yous ne cherchez pas. lis ne cherchent pas. Elles ne cherchent pas. Je ne demande pas. Tu ne demandes pas. II ne demande pas. Elle ne demande pas. Nous ne demandons pas. Yous ne demand ez pas. lis ne demandent pas. Elle ne demandent pas. I mn not looMng for. Thou art not looking for. He is not looking for. She is not looking for. We are not looking for. Yoic do not look for. They (m.) do not look for. They (f.) do not look for. I do not ask for. Thou art not asking for. He does not ask for. She docs not ask for. We are not asking for. You do not ask for. They (m.) do not ask for. They (f.) do not ask for. 112 FASQXJELLE S I NT II D U C T O R Y INTEKKOGATIVELT AND NEGATIVELY. Est-ce que je ne cherche Do I not looJc for ? pas? K^e cherches-tu pas ? Dost tJiou not look for ? Ne cherche-t-il pas ? Does he not look for f Ne cherche-t-elle pas ? Does she 7iot look for ? Ne cherchons-nous pas ? Are ice not loolcmg for f Ne chercbez-voiis pas ? Are you 7iot looking for f Ne cherchent-ils pas? Do they (in.) not look for? Ne cherchent-elles pas ? Do they (f.) not look for f Est-ce que je ne clemande Do I not ask for f pas ? Ne dernandes-tu pas ? Dost thou not ask for f Ne deraande-t-il pas ? Does he 7iot ask for ? Ne demand e-t-elle pas ? Does she not ask for? Ne demandons-nous pas ? Are we not asking for ? Ne demandez-vous pas ? Do you not ask for ? Ne demandent-ils pas? Do they (m.) not ask for f Ne demandent-elles pas? Do they (f.) not ask for f 2. Like the models given in the last and in the present lessons, are formed generally the verbs ending with ER, such as : \Montr-er, to show. ^Plant-er, to plant. VProuv-er, to find. NParl-er, to speak. NPort-er, to carry. VDesir-er, to desire^ to wish ^Aim-er, to like. NDoup-er, to cut. Model Sentences. Ne cberchez-vous pas des fleurs ? Are you not looking for flowers ? Nous ne cbercbons pas de fleurs. We are not seeking for flowers. €^- FRENCH COURSE, 113 Que montrez-vous a votre ecolier ? Je ne montre rien. Plantez-vous des rQg[ers? N'aimez-vous pas le mouton ? Ne parlez-vous pas francais ? Comment trouvez-vous ce ga- teau ?* Nous trouvons ces peches tres ) bonnes. ) What do you show to your pupil f I do not show anything. Do you plant rose-hushes f Do you not like (the) mutton ? Do you not speak French f How do you find {like) this cake f We find these peaches very good. Ws-Uke these peaches very mtich. Vocabulary. Allemand, ra. Gerraan, Anglais, ra. English, BcBuf, m. Beef, Chevre-feuille, m. Honey - suckle, ^ ' '^' ' Desirer, To desire. Done, Then, E^-ajble, m. Maple-tree, l^spagpol, m. Spanish, Fleur, f. Flower, Frangais, m. French, Italien, m. Italian, Jardin, m. Garden, Jardinier, ra. Gardener. Mauvais, Bad, Molide (tout le), Everybody, Montre r. To show, Mouton, m. Mutton, CEillet, m. PinJc, Orme, ra. Elm-tree. Parle r. To speaJc, Parent, Relation, Personne, Nohody, Poraraier,- m. Apple-tree. Salade, f. Salad, Tulipe, f. Tulip, Give the nouns with the words mon or ma before thera. * After the word comment^ how, and in some other cases, the French use the verb irouver, instead of aimer, to like : Comment trouvez-vous ce mouton? Row do you like (find) this mutton f ) / like it very much. ) I find it excellent. 8 Je le trouve excellent. ^itt yASQITBLiiE's INTBODTJCTOKY Exercise 63. 1 ]N'e desirez-vous pas des fleurs ? 2 N"ous desirons du chevre-feuille. 3 Que montrez-vous an jardinier ? 4 Nous montrons au jardinier de. belles tulipes et de beaux oeillets. 5 Aimez-vous la salade ? 6 J'aime la salade. 7 Trouvez-vous cette salade bonne ? 8 ISTous ne la trouvons pas bonne, 9 IsTe la trouvez-vous pas bien tendre ? 10 Nous la trouvons tres mauvaise. 11 Ne plantez-vous pas des ormes? 12 Nous ne plantons pas d'orines. 13 Que plantez-voiis done? 14 Je plante des erables et de beaux pommiers. 15 A qui parlez-vous ? 16 Je ne parle a personne. 17 Est- ce que je n'aime pas mes parents? 18 Vous aimez tout le monde. 19 Nous airaons les grands jar dins et les belles fleurs. 20 Notre cousine parle anglais, frangais, allcmand, espagnol et italien. Exercise 64. 1 Do you speak French, my child ? 2 No, sir, I do not speak French. 3 Does that young lady speak English ? 4 She does not speak English, but she speaks German. 5 Does not your relation speak German ? 6 My relation does not speak German. 7 We speak Spanish, Italian, French, and English. 8 Are you looking for flowers ? 9 We are not looking for flowers. 10 Do I ask for the gardener?^ 11 You do not ask for any body. 12 Do you like i'eef ? 13 We like (the) beef and (the) mutton. 14 How do you like this mut- ton? 15,1 like it vevy much. (I find it very good.) / FREKCH COURSE. 116 16 What do you find ? 17 We find flowers and trees. 18 Do you Mke those peaches? (Do you find those peaches good?) 19 I like these peaches very much. {I find these peaches very good.) 20 Are we not look" ing for the gardener? 21 We are looking for him. 22 What do you plant ? 23 You plant ehns and maple trees. 24 What do we show to the gardener? 25 We ^show(to)the gardener the beautiful appl^-trees. LEgoSr-xxxiY. lessoist xxxiv. IRREGULAR VERBS. ALLER ; TO GO, 1. There are verbs, in the several conjugations, which do not, in all their tenses, end like the model verb of the conjugation to which they belong ', they are there- fore called irregular verbs. For a complete list of these, see Larger Course^ pagt 356 and following. For the peculiarities of some verbs of the first conju- gation, see page 336 of the same book. 2. The only verb of the first conjugation which is irregular in the present of the indicative, is Allbr, TO GO, 3. Present of the Indicative of Aller, to go, AFFIEMATIVELY. Je vais. L go or I am going, Tu vas. Thou art gomg, II va. He is going, Elle va She is going. 116 fasquelle's inteoductobt Nous aliens. We go or are going, Yous allez. You go or are going. lis vont. T/ieg go or are going. INTERROGATIVELY. Est-ce que je vais ? Am J going f Yas-tu ? Art thou going ? Ya-t-il ? Is he going ? Ya-t-elle ? Does she go ? Allons-nous ? Do we go ? Allez-vous ? Are you going f Yont-ils ? Are they going f . 4. The following irregular verbs of the second con- "^j^^^Bo-ati nn take, in the present of the indicative, the ter- minations of the^r^^ ; , Couvp:, to cover. Offrir, to offer. ■'i/U^/'Cueillir, to gather^ to pick. duvrir, to open. Decouvrir, to uncover^ to discover. Recueillir, to collect. 5. Present of the Indicative of Offrir and cueillir. J'offr-e. I offer. Tu offr-es. Thou offer est. II offr-e. ITe offers. EUe offr-e. She offers. Nous offr-ons. We offer. Yous offr-ez. You offer. lis offr-ent. They offer. Je cueill-e. I gather oy pick. Tu cueill-es. Thou gatherest. II cueill-e. lie gathers. EUe cueill-e. She gathers. FKENCII COUliSE. 117 Nous cueill-ons. We gather. Yous cueill-ez. You gather, lis cueill-ent. The^ gather. Model Sentences. A qui oflfrez-vous des fleurs ? To whom do you offer /lowers ? J'oifre des fleur^;a mes^mis. I offer flowers to my friends, Est-ce que j'ofFre de I'argent? Do loffer money f Pourquoi ouvrez-vous la porte ? Why do you open the door ? Kous cueillons de bonnes peches. We pick good peaches. Kous allons a Rome. We are going to Home. Nous allons a Tuyin et a Rome. We are going to Turin and to Home. Oa allez-vous ce matin ? Where are you going this morn- ing ? Je vaisJL Londres. / am going to London. Est-ce que je vais a New York ? Am I going to New York f , / / t^ Y O C A B U L A K Y . Aller, To go, Offi-ir, To offer, Annee, f. Year. Orpheline, f. Orphan. Briycelles, Brussels. Ouvrir, To open. Coiivrir, To cover, Parce que, Because. Cueillir, To gather^ to pick, Pourquoi, Why. Enfant, m. Child. Pauvre, Poor. Gateau, m. Cake. Pen, Little. LentlfenifenH^, Sloicly, Porte, f. Door. Matin, m. Morning. Projchain, Next. Men^diant, Beggar. Quand, When. Maison (a la), At home. Rue, f. Street, Maison, f. House, Seniaino^ f. Week. 118 fasquelle's introductory Toujours, Always, Viande, f. Meat, Trop, Too^ too much. Vit#, Quick, Exercise 65. ' 4 1 Q\\ allez-vous men epfant? 2 Yotrelfrev^ va-t-ila ^ari^ I'annee 2 Je vais a la muison. 3 yotre'lrev^ va-t-il'^ ^ai'is ^ 4 Nods ^ allons a Paris et a Bruxelles. 5 Qtt*offrez-vo«s^ a-ee p'auvre meridian t ? 6 Je ],ui olFre du pain et de la viande. 7 Est-ce que je eueille de belles fleurs ? 8 Yous cueillez de tres belles fleurs. 9 Pourquoi ouvrez-vous la porte ? 10 Parceque je vais dans {i7ito) la rue. 11 N'allez-vous pas trop vite? 12 I^ous allons trop lentement. 13 Nous offrons du gateau a notre ami. 14 Est-ce que j'offre trop peu? 15 Vous n'ofFrez pas trop. peu. 16 Couvrez-vous votre livre? 17 Je couvre totijour§r mesUvres. 18 Quand allez- vous^ Turin? 19 Nou^^Rons a Turin la semaine prochaine. 20 J'offre de I'argent et des fleurs a cette pauvre orjoheline. VA- i-DV Exercise 66. 1 Where do we go next week ? 2 ^Next week we are going to New York. 3 Why do you ofler flowers to that poor orphan ? 4 Why do you ofler money to the beggar ? 5 We pick very fiife flowers. G We always* ofl*er cake to the child. 7 Do I go too quick ? 8 You always go too quick. 9 Why do you not cover * Put toujours after the verb. f aJ dACC^^^Mv 4^ o^*-*<-<^^tx-4^u^ 'A.M'^^t^tryU O^-Ct'*^ ^-^ir^l^CB. COURSE. / J 119 our book?^10 Why do you ifot open the door? 11 Because 1 am not going home. 12 Do I offer too much cake to the child ? 13 Do we go to Brussels or to Paris ? 14 We are not going to Turin and to Rome. 15 Are you going into the street ? 16 We are going home. 17 You always* go too fast. 18 Our friend goes too slowly. 19 We open the door because our father is at home. 20 I am going to London. 21 You are not going home. 22 What do you offer to your friend ? 23 I offer flowers. 24 I offer bread and meat. 25 We open the door and offer meat to LECON XXXV. LESSON XXXV. VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. — ENDING IN IB, 1. The regular verbs of the second conjugation end in the present of the indicative in, ^5, is^ it^ issons^ issez, issent. 2. Present of the Indicative of Punir, to puj^isr^ AND FiNIR, TO FINISH, Je pun-is. I punish, Tu pun-is. . Thou art punishing. II pun-it. He pu7iishes, Elle pun -it. She does punish, * Put toujours after the verb. 120 F asqu5;i.le's introdu ctokt Nous piin-issons. Yous pun-issez. lis pim-isseHt. Elles pun-issent. Je fia-is. Tu fin-is. II fin-it. Elle fin-it. Nous fin-issons. Vous fin-issez. lis fin-issent. Elles fin-issent. 3. Interrogativje Form. Est-ce que je puni* ? Punis-tu ? Punit-il ? Punit-elle ? Punissons-nous ? Punissez-vous ? Punissent-ils ? Punissent-elles ? Est-ce que je fini^ ? Finis-tu ? Finit-il ? Finit-elle ? Finissons-nous ? Finissez-vous ? FInissent-ils ? Finissent-elles ? TFe punish. You punish. They (m.) punish. They if.) punish, I finish. Thou dost finish. He is finishing. She finishes. We finish. You finish. They {m.) finish. They {t) finish. Do I punish ? Dost thou punish f Does he punish f Does she punish ? Do ice punish f Do you punish f Do they (m.) punish f Do they (t) punish T Do I finish ? Dost thou finish ? Does he finish f Does she finish f Do we finish ? Do you finish ? Do they (ya)) finish? Do they {^.) finish? FliENCII COURSE. 121 4. For the Negative and the Negative and Interroga- tive form, see the place of ne and pas m the 33d Lesson ; as also Lesson 17, Rules 1 and 2. 5. Conjugate in the same manner all regular verbs of thisl^bnjugation, such as : Averti^, to vmrn. Gueiir^ to cure. Embellir, to. embellish, Cherif*, to i/ierish, Fournir, t^ furnish, Muniy, to provide, Xoircir, to blacken, Blanphit, to bleach. U^nif, to unite, ^S^iJ-, to soil. ^^^ctV /lE^-lX.^./^^^^^^'^^^^^^ iu66\ %, Tmssez-vous votre travail ? # Do you finish your work? I finish my lesson. ]Yhat do you finish f We finish our exercises. Do I punish the child? You punish the little hoy. We bleach the linen. You blacken the paper. Le medecin guerit ses malades. The physician cures his patients. Ces enfants cherissent leur TJiose children cherish their mere. mother. Le boucher fournit la viande. The butcher furnishes the meat. Les jardiniers fourniseent les The gardeners furnish the vege- legumes. tables. ^ "X.' Vocabulary. Je finis ma lecon. Que finissez-vous ? Nous finissons nos themes. Est-ce que je punis I'eufanfc ? Vous punissez le petit garcon. ISTous blanchissons la toile. Yous noircissez le papier. Arrivee, f. Arrival, Avertir, To inform.^ warn. Blanchir, To bleach, to Boucher, m. Butcher, Boulanger, m. Baker, 6 122 fasquelle's intkoductory Cocher, m. Coachman. Medecin, m. Physician, Dessin, m. Draioing, Mouchoir, m. Handker- Ecolier, m. Scholar, chief, Embellir, To embellish, Noircir, To hla/iken, Fournir, To furnish. Pain, m. Bread, Gouvernante, f. Governess, Paresseux, Idle, Guerir, To cure, Pimir, To punish, Jardinier, m. Gardener, Que, What, _\ Le^on, f. Lesson, Qui, Whotn, Legume, m. Vegetable, Robe, f. Dress, Malade, m. Patient, Salir, To soil, Marchand, m. Merchant. Toile, f. Linen, Give the nouns in the vocabulary with C6, C6^, cette^ before them. Exercise 67. 1 Que finissez-vous ? 2 Kous iinissons notre leqon. 3 Est-ce que je noircis le papier ? 4 Yous noircissez le mouchoir. 5 Yous saHssez votre robe. 6 Le bou- langer fournit-il de bon pain ? 7 II fournit d' excellent pain. 8 Les marchands fo|irnissent d'excellent drap. 9 L'architecte embellit notre maison. 10 Yous embel- lissez le jardin. 11 Yous avertissez le cocher. 12 Qui guerissez-vous ? 13 !N"ous guerissons nos malades. 14 Est-ce que je fournis de bons legumes? 15 Les jardiniers fournissent des legumes. 16 Ne punissez- vous pas vos ecoliers. 17 Je punis mes ecoliers quand ils sont paresseux. 18 Quelle toile blanchissez-vous ? 19 Celle que {which) le marchand fournit. 20 Nous avertissons votre gouvernante de votre arrivee. ^^ ?U± 'T^t^ Ut^u^-lOi^ r^U^^_ 126 fasquelle's introductory Malade, SicJc^ ill, Repartir, To go again, to Mardi, m. Tuesday, go hack. Matin, m. Morning, Samedi, m. Saturday, Mentir, To tell a false- Sortir, To go qj^, hood, Trois, Three, Mercredi, m. Wednesday, Vendredi, m. Friday, Partir, To leave, Yoisin, m. Neighbor, Prochain, Next, Sentir, To feely to smell. Exercise 69. 1 Yotre amie sort-elle aujourd'hni ? 2 Elle ne sort pas, elle est malade. 3 Partez-vous lundi (^ mardi ? 4 Nous partons mercredi et notre voisin part jeudi ou vendredi. 5 Sentez-vous le froid ce matin ? 6 ]N"ons ne sentons pas le froid, nous avons chaud. 7 Vos botes repartent-ils aujourd'hui ? 8 lis repartent samedi prochain. 9 Consentez-vous a partir dimanche ? 10 Nous consentons a partir apres-demain. 11 Ces roses ne sentent-elles pas? 12 Oui, Monsieur, elles sentent tres bon. 13 Est-ce que je sens la chaleur? 14 Vous sentez le froid et la chaleur. 15 Ces belles roses ne sentent pas bon. 16 Nous partons a cinq heures. 17 Yotre soeur sort tres tard. 18 Les bons enfants ne mentent jamais. 19 A quelle heure re- part ez-vous ? 20 Nous repartons a trois heures. Exercise 70. 1 Do you go out to-day ? 2 I do not go out this morning, I am sick. 3 Do you leave this morning? 4 We do not leave this morning. 5 My sister leaves FRENCH COUKSE. 127 to-morrow morning. 6 We leave Sunday or Monday. 7 Does yom* brother leave Tuesday or Wednesday ? 8 He leaves Saturday. 9 Do I go back to-day? 10 You go back Thursday or Friday. 11 Do you feel the cold, gentlemen (messieurs) ? 12 We do not feel ^ the cold. 13 Does that rose smell good? 14 That'^-^^^ rose does not smell good. 15 Do you consent to go away next Saturday? 16 I do not consent' to go out Saturday. 17 Do I go out too (trop) late? 18 You go out too late. 19 We go out at five o'clock. 20 We set out at three o'clock. 21 Does your friend feel the cold? 22 She does not feel th^cold. 23 (The) good children do not tell a falsehood. 24 We do not go away to-day. 25 We go away the day after to-morrow. \ — ^ — "^ LEgO:^^ XXXYII. lessoist xxxyii. SECOND CONJUGATION. — VERBS ENDING IN ^iVZR. 1. There are twenty-four irregular verbs of this con- jugation which end in e/^^>.* 2. They are all made out of Yenir, to come^ and f Tenir, to hold^ and are conjugated like thei;n. ' ^ T ~^^ * S'abstenir. Dey^^nir.^ * ■ Parvenir. j ^ j^^^ f Soutenir. V^^ Appartenir. rtMOTyemiv' Prevenir. V*" /j^Se souvenir. Cojatenir. ^[ EntretenTrH^ ^ Provenir. i^ % Subveiiir. Contrevenir. "' inlcrvenir. V-*^"^^ Retenir. ^^ ^ ^Survenir. , k/A Convenir. Maintenir.*'-'^'^ Se ressouvenir. Tenir. v^" , Detenir. QJ^t^mr.y , Revenir. ^'^-/ Yenir. ^/J^ Se® Listof Verbs, MleWo^se, page 356. 4 '' ' .'...- cc^-^^^^-^^^^z.M^ 128 PASQUELLE S INTRODUCTOKT 3. The terminations of the present of the indicative in these verbs are iens^ ieiis^ ient^ enons^enez^ ien7ient. 4. Present of the Indicative of \|enir^' to come^ AND TeNIR, to hold. Je v-iens.* Tu v-iens. II v-ient. Elle v-ient. Nous v-enons. Yous v-enez. Us v-iennent. Je t-iens. Tu t-iens. U t-ient. Elle t-ient. Nous tenons. Yous t-enez. lis t-iennent. I come, Thoti art coming. He is coming. She comes. We come. You com,e. They com^e, I hold. Thou holdest. He holds. She holds. We hold. You hold. They hold. INTEEROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je viens ? Yiens-tu ? Yient-il ? Yient-elle ? Yenons-nous ? Yenez-vous ? Yiennent-ils ? Do I come T Dost thou come f Does he com^e f Does she come f Do we come ? Do you come f Do they come ? * Pronounced like an in cranh. See Lesson 5. all the verbs given in note, page 127. This holds in /Ijy^^tyf-J^UA* ^ A^' F K K N C H C O U K S '^ 129 Est-ce que je tiens ? Tiens-tu ? Tient-il ? Tient-elle ? Tenons-nous ? Tenez-vous ? Tiennent-ils ? Bo I hold? Dost thou hold f Does he hold? Does she hold? Do we hold f Do you hold ? Do they hold f Model Sentences. Que tenez-vous ? Je tiens ma plume. Est-ce que je viens trop tot ? Obtenons-nous de I'argent ? Nous obtenons de I'emploi. La malle contient-elle des habits ? La petite fille devient-elle bonne ? Est-ce que je maintiens mon opinion ? Nous soutenons le pauvre ma- lade. Yous retenez ces livres. Ce livre appartient a ma soeur. Les estampes appartiennent au libraire. What do you hold f I hold my pen. Do I come too soon ? Do we obtain money f We obtain employment Does the trunk contain clothes f Does the little girl become good f Do I maintain my opinion? We keep up the poor patient You retain these books. TJiat book belongs to my sister. The engravings belong to the bookseller. YOCABULARY. Appartenir, To belong. Bronze, m. Bronze, Argent, m. Money ^ silver, Brosse, f. Brush. Bientot, Soon, Qom^2ignox\.,m, Companion. Boite, f. Box, Contenir, To contain, 9 180 fasquelle's inte oductory Cuivre, 13rass^ copper, Devenir, To become. Fer, m. Iron. Fer blanc, m. Tiji. Ferblanti^V, m. Tinman. Malle, f. Trunk. Marchand, m. Merchant. Metaiix, Metals. Obtenir, To ohtain. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. Plomb, ra. Lead. Quand, When. Que, What. Qui, Whom. R-evenir, To return^ to come hack. Soutenir, To keep up. Tenir, To hold^ to keep. Tout, AIL Yenir, To come. ' iJlOCO --{%.- - 7-^'P'^' Exercise 71. 1 Venez-vous de New York ? Brooklyn.^, '3i Notre compagnon 4 Quand '^obtenez-vo US votre argent ? 2 Nous venons de revient de 5 France., Nous obte- nons notre argent demain. 6 A qui appartient ee livre ? 7 II appartient a la petite fille. 8 Cette brosse ne nous appartient pas. 9 Ces metaux appartiennent aux marchands. 10 Le marechal tient le cuivre et le fer. 11 Les ferblantiers tiennent le fer blanc. 12 Les orfevres tiennent I'or, I'argent, et le bronze. 13 Que con tient cette boit e ? 1 4 Ell e contient du plomb. 1 5 Vos ecoliers devieni*ant-ils attentifs? 16 Mes ecolieres de- viennent tres attentives. IV Quand revenez-vous a Paris? 18 Nous i*evenons dans une heure. 19 Nous revenons bientot. . v-AjO^is-rv ^ Exercise 72. ^ 1 What do you hold ? 2 I hold my pen and my book. 3 When do you come to Paris ? 4 We come FRENCH COURSE. 131 to Paris to-morrow. 5 Does that box belong to your brother ? 6 It belongs to my mother. 7 What does it contain? 8 It contains gold, silver, and copper. 9 Does not that tin belong to the tinman ? 10 The tin and copper belong to the tinman. 11 What do the goldsmiths hold? 12 They hold bronze and gold. 13 The merchants keep copper and iron. 14 The goldsmiths keep {the) gold and {the) silver. 15 Does your companion come soon ? 16 He comes in an hour. 17 Are those little girls becoming attentive? 18 They are becoming very attentive. 19 Are you coming to ■N'ew York? 20 We are not coming to ISTew York. 21 We return to-morrow. 22 We obtain {des) metals. 23 To whom does that brush belong? 24 It belongs to my father. 25 Those brushes belong to my mother. LEgON XXXYIII. LESSON XXXVIII. THIRD CONJUGATION. ENDING IN OIB, 1. The regular verbs of the third conjugation end in EVOIR. 2. In the present of the indicative the terminations are, ois^ ois^ oit^ evons^ evez^ oivent, 3. In the verbs of this conjugation, the e takes a cedilla ( q ) when it comes before o and u. Thrvto^. 132 FASQUELLE S I JS^T K O D U C T O B Y 4. Present of the Indicative of Devoir, to owe^ AND ReCEVOIR, to RECEIVE, Je d-ois. I owe. Tu d-ois. Thou owest. II d-oit. He owes, Elle d-oit. jS/ie owes. Nous d-evoDS. We owe. Yous d-evez. You owe. lis d-oivent. They oioe. Je reQ-ois. Tu reg-ois. II re^-oit. Elle re9-oit. Nous rec-evons. Yous rec-evez. lis reQ-oivent. I receive. Thou receivest. He receives. She receives. We receive. You receive. They receive. INTERROGATIVE FORAf. Est-ce que je dois ? Dois-tu ? Doit-il ? Doit-elle ? Devons-nous ? D.evez-vous ? Doivent-ils ? Est-ce que je re^ois ? Regois-tu ? Re9oit-il ? Regoit-elle ? l>o I owe? Host thou owe ? Hoes he owe ? Hoes she owe ? Ho we owe ? Ho you owe f Ho they owe ? Ho I receive ? Host thou receive ? Hoes he receive f Hoes she receive P FRENCH COURSE. 133 Recevons-nous ? Recevez-vous ? Regoivent-ils ? Do we receive ? Do you receive ? Do they receive f 5. There are only seven regular verbs in this con- jugation : Perc^voir, to collect duties^ taxes, Ret^evoir, to receive. Reclevoir, to owe again. Apercevoir, to perceive. Con ce voir, to conceive, Decevoir, to deceive, Devoiu, to oice. 6. CoMBiEN ? How much ? how many ? Beaucoup. Much^ many, Combien recevez-vous ? How much do you receive ? Je regois beaucoup. I receive much, 7. Before a noun de follows combien and beaucoup. Combien de livres ? How many books ? Beaucoup, de personnes. Many persons. >^ M#DEL Sentences. Combien devez-vous? Je dois dix dollars. A qui devons-nous ? Yous devez a tout le monde. Recevez-vous des lettres ? Mon cousin recoit un billet. Nous recevons de I'argent. Yous n'apercevez pas Tenfant. lis apercoivent le chien. Combien recevez-vous ? How much do you owe f I owe ten dollars. To whom do we oivef You owe every body. Do you receive letters f My comin receives a note. We receive money. You do not perceive the child. They perceive the dog. How much do you receive f 134 FASQUELLE'S INTIiODUc^TORY Nous recevons six francs. Vous ne recevez rien. We receive six francs. You receive nothing. 41/ Vocabulary. Apres-midi, f. Afternoon. Argent, m. Money. Aujoiird'hui, To-day. Bagatelle, f. Trijie. Capitaine, ra. Captain, Cocher, m. Coachman. Deux, Ttoo. Domestique, m. Servant. Dollar, m. Dollar. Franc, m. Franc, UX- Frere, m. Brother. Gages, m. pi Wages. Houoraires, m. pi. Fees. Joli, Pretty. Lettre, f. Letter. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Matin, m. Morning. Medecin, m. Physician. Mille, Thousand. Ne — que, But^ only. Oiseau, m. Bird. Pre.^que, Almost. Quelque chose. Anything^ something. Qui, Who, lohom. Rien, Nothing .^ not any^ thing. Rue, f. Street. Six, Six. Soldat, m. Soldier. Sol^e, Pay. To uj ours, Always. \ ' , Exercise 73. 1 Devez-vous quelque chose ? 2 Je ne dois rien. 3 Votre frere doit-il beaucoup d'argent ? 4 II doit deux mille dollars. 5 Recevcz-vous vos lettres ce matin ? 6 Je recois une lettre de mon frere. 7 N'a- percevez-vous pas les jolis oiseaux ? 8 Je n'apergois pas les oiseaux. 9 ^N'ous apercevons nos amis dans la F li E N C H c o u n S K . 135 rue. 10 A qui devez-vous six francs? 11 Je dois six francs a moii libraire. 12 Ce soldat doit-il beaucoup ? 13 II ne doit que deux dollars. 14 II ne doit presque rien. 15 Est-ce que je dois beaucoup? 16 Vous ne devez qu'une bagatelle. 17 Le capitaine ne revolt pas 8a solde. 18 Les medecins re^oivent leurs honoraires. 19 Nos domestiques reqoivent toujours leurs gages. 20 Nous ne devons rien a notre cocher. EXEECISE 74. 1 How much do we receive ? 2 We receive three francs this afternoon. 3 Do you owe anything to the l)hysician ? 4 I owe ray physician ten dollars. (Liter- ally : I owe ten dollars to my j^hysician) 5 Our phy- sicians receive their fees to-day. 6 Do you not per- ceive the bird ? 71 perceive nothing. 8 Does not your brother perceive the soldier in the street? 9 He per- ceives the physician. 10 Does not your physician re- ceive his fee ? 11 The physician receives his fee this morning. 12 Do you not owe much money? 13 We owe almost nothing. 14 The captains do not receive their pay. 15 Our coachman receives his wages. 16 Do you owe your servants anything? (In French, the words should be placed thus : Do you owe anything to your servant?) 17 We owe ten dollars. 18 The soldier does not owe much. 19 We only owe six dol- lars. 20 How much does your bookseller owe ? 21 He owes almost nothing. 22 We owe but a trifle. 23 Do I owe anything? 24 You ^o we nothing. 25 I do not receive anything to-day. rvu 136 fasquelle's intboductoey LEgoN XXXIX. LESso:^r xxxix. VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. ENDING IN BE, 1. The regular verbs of this conjugation end mostly in ENDRE and ondre. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are, ds^ ds^ d^ dons^ dez^ dent, 3. Present of the Indicative of Entendre, to HEAB^ TO UNDERSTAND^ AND PeRDRE, TO LOSE, J'enten-(is. I hear, Tu enten-ck. Thou hearest, II enten-d. He hears, EUe enten-d. She hears, Nous enten-dons. We hear, Yous enten-dez. You hear ? lis enten-dent. Tliey hear, Je per-ds. Hose, Tu per-ds. Thou losest, II per-d. He does lose, EUe per-d. 8he loses, ISTous per-dons. We lose, Yous per-dez. You lose, lis per-dent. They lose, INTEREOGATIVE FOKM. Est-ce que j'entends ? Do I hear ? Entends-tu ? Dost thou hear, Entend-il ? Does he hear ? Entend-elle ? Does she hear ? FRENCH COURSE. 137 En tendons-nous ? Do we hear ? Entendez-vous ? Do you hear ? Entendent-ils ? Do they hear ? Est-ce que je perds ? Do Hose ? Perds-tu ? Dost thou lose f Perd-il ? Does he lose f Perd-elle ? Is she losing ? Perdons-nous ? Do we lose f Perdez-vous ? Are you losing f Perdent-ils ? Do they lose ? 3. Conjugate in the same manner : Attendre, to wait for^ toi Pretendre, to pretend, expect. I Rendre, to reyider^ to return, Descendre, to go or come^^epaudre, to spill, to spread. doion, ^ Repondre, to answer, Mordre, to bite, Vendre, to sell, &c. Model Sentences. Yendez-vous beaucoup de Do you sell many hooJcs f livres ? jN'ous vendons beaucoup de We sell much ^aper. papier. Perdez-vous vos livres ? Do you lose your hoohs ? Nous perdons notre argent. We lose our m^oney. Descendez-vous bientfet ? Do you come down soon ? Nous descendons dans un mo- We are coming down in a mo- ment. ment. Nous attendons des livres. We are expecting hoohs. Yous attendez votre fr^re. Tou are expecting your brother. 188 fasquelle's introductory Est-ce que je vends trop cher ? Do I sell too dear f Vou3 ne vendez pas trop cher. You do not sell too dear. Nous rendons I'argent. We return the money. Yous descendez trop tot. You come down too soon. ^^rp^^ Vocabulary. /^^^^^if^^- Associe, m. Partner. Mordre, To bite, Attendre, To expect ^to wait Mouton, m. Sheep. for. Per d re, To lose. Berger, m. Shepherd. . Personne, Nobody^ any- Cafe, m. Coffee. body.^* Chien, m. Dog. Quel, Quelle, What^ which. Deux, Two, Que, What, Descendre, To go or come Qui, Whom. down. Rend re. To render.^ to re- Du tout, At all, turn, Enveloppe, f. Envelope, Repandre, To spill^ to Fermier, m. Farmer, spread. Heure, f. Ilour^ time^ liepondre. To answer^ to o'^clock. reply. Kilogramme, ra. Kilo- Seize, Sixteen. gramme (about two The, m. Tea, pounds). Tondre, To shear. Libraire, m. BooJcseller. Trois, Three. Livre, f. Pound. Yendre, To sell. tr^^jArt-/?^ / ^Exercise 75. , /.vu, 1 Qui attendez vous ? 2 ISTous attendons notre as- socie. 3 N'attendez-vous personne ? 4 J'attends nia FRENCH COURSE. 139 soeur. 5 Le libraire vend-il des enveloppes? 6 II vend des enveloppes et dii papier. 7 Le chien ne mord-il pas ? 8 II ne mord peisonne. 9 A quelle heure descendez-vous ? 10 Je descends a trois heures. 11 Le fermier tond-il ses moutons ? 12 Son berger tond les moutons. 13 Pourquoi ne rendez-vous pas les seize francs? 14 Est-ce que je reponds bien ? 15 Yous repondez correctement {correctly). 16 Que repondez- vous a cela ? 17 Je ne reponds rien du tout. 18 Com- bien de cafe vendez-vous ? 19 Nous vendons dix livres de cafe et deux kilogrammes de the. j i zpz Exercise 76. 1 Does that dog bite ? 2 My dog does not bite. 3 At what hour do you come down ? 4 We come down at three o'clock {heures). 5 Do you not iexpect the farmer ? 6 We" do not expect the tarmer, we ex- pect the shepherd. 7 Does not the sheplierd shear your brother's sheep ? 8 The shepherd shears my yixiA sheep. 9 Do I not answer well ? 10 You do not answer w^ell. 11 My brother does not answer well. 12 Do you sell envelopes? 13 I sell envelopes. 14 Do you sell a kilogramme of tea? 15 We sell ^Tpound of tea and a kilogramme of coffee. 16 What do you spill? 17 I; spill my tea and (my) coffee. 18 Do I spill y.our coffee ? 19 Do I lose my money ? 20 Do f<^Y you expect any person ? 21 I expect nobody. 22 We expect our sister this morning. 23 What do you answer ? 24 I answer nothing at all. 25 I am wait- 140 fasquelle's ixteodij ctory ing for my father and (my) mother. 26 The book- seller does not sell tea. cUc. ^ LEgoisr XL. LESSON^ XL. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING IN UIBE, 1. Those verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in uire^ are irregular. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are, 5, 5, ^, sons^ sez, sent 3. Present of the Indicative of CoNDtiiRE, to CONDUCT^ AND TrADUIRE, TO TRANSLATE, ' Je condui-s. Tu condui-s. II condui-t. EUe condui-t. Nous condui-sons. Yous condui-sez. lis condui-sent. Je tradui-s. Tu tradui-s. II tradui-t. Elle tradui-t. Nous tradui-sons. Vous tradui-sez. lis tradui-sent. / lead. Thou leadest He leads. She leads. We lead. You lead. They lead. I translate. Thou traiislatest. He translates. She translates. ^ We translate. You translate. They translate. FRENCH COURSE. 141 INTERKOGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je conduis? Conduis-tu ? Conduit-il ? Conduit-elle? Conduisons-nous ? Conduisez-vous ? Conduisent-ils ? Est-ce que je traduis? Traduis-tu ? Traduit-il? Traduit-elle ? Traduisons-nous ? Traduisez-vous? Traduiseat-ils ? Do Head? Dost thou lead ? Does he lead? Does she lead? Do roe lead ? Do you lead f Do they lead? Do I translate ? Dost thou trayislate ? Does he translate ? Does she translate ? Do we translate ? Do you translate .^ Do they translate ? 4. The following verbs are conjugated like the above : Qon^tvmY&ytQ Q07istruct, CiurCj to cook. Detruire, to destroy, r\ .vjntroduire, to introduce. 5. Que. Whom^ whicJi, L'enfant que je conduis. Le livre que je traduis. Instruii'e, to instruct, Produire, to produce, Reduire, to reduce. Seduire, to seduce. The child whom I lead. The hook which I translate. Model Sentences. Oa conduisez-vous le gar§on ? Where do you had the hoy f Jt; conduis l'enfant dans le jar- / conduct the child into the gar^ din. den. 142 FASQTJKLLES INTRODUCTOKY Detruisez-vous cette lettre ? Kous d^truisons ce livre. Instmisons-nous les ecoliers ? Quelle lecon traduisez-vous ? Est-ce que je traduis bien ? La demoiselle traduit ce livre. Cette terre produit beaucoup. Nous conduisons nos amis. Vous presentez vos connais- sauces. Vous construisez une belle maison. Y o c A B Assez, Enough, Beaucoup, Mach^ many, Bien, Yery,, well^ easy, Boulanger, m. Maher, Combien, How rnuch^ how 7nany. Conduire, To conduct^ to taJce^ to lead, Cuire, To cooJc^ to hake, Desespoir, m. Despair, Detruire, To destroy. Difficile, Difficult, Ecole, f. School Ecolier, m. Scholar, Eglise, f. Church, Facile, Easy, Do you destroy that letter ? We are destroying that book. Do we instruct the scholars f What lesson do you translate ? Do I translate well f The young lady translates that hook. TJiat land produces very much. We are conducting our friends. You introduce your acquaint- ances. You construct a beautiful house. U L A R %. UM^ Four, m. Oven, Introduire, To introduce, Instruire, To instruct. Jar dill, m. Garden, Leqon, f. Lesson, Legume, ra. Vegetable, Mai, Badly, Page, f. Page, Plume, f. Pen, Produire, To produce. Que, What., lohich^ whom, Recevoir, To receive, Reduir0, To reduce, Terre, f. Estate, Traduir0, To translate. Yiande, f. Meat, french course. 143 Exercise 77. 1 Est-ce que je traduis mal ? 2 Non, mon enfant, vous traduisez assez bien. 3 Tradiiisez-vous les livres que vous recevez ? 4 Nous traduisons ceux que nous recevons. 5 Conduisez-vous vos enfants a I'eglise ? 6 Je conduis ceux de mon frere a I'ecoie. 7 Traduisez-vous une le^on difficile ? 8 La legon que je traduis est bien facile. 9 Votre jardin produit-il beaucoup ? 10 II pro- duit beaucoup de legumes. 1 1 Nous reduisons nos amis au desespoir. 12 Combien de pages traduisons-nous ? 13 Combien d'ecoliers instruisons-nous ? 14 Nous cuisons des legumes. 15 Le boulanger cuit le pain. 16 Le four ne cuit pas bien. 17 Ces legumes ne cuisent pas bien. 18 Pourquoi n'introduisez-vous pas votre frere ? 19 Pourquoi detruisez-vous cette plume ? ^ ^' -^Exercise 1%. Ji^eAJ^' p^ 1 How many scholars do you instruct ? 2 I instruct twenty scholars. 3 Do I cook the vegetables enough ? 4 You cook the vegetables enough. 5 The baker does not cook the bread well. (Put Men before pain.) 6 Do you cook meat ? 7 No, sir, we cook bread. 8 Where do you take {conduct) your brother ? 9 I take him to school. 10 Why do we not take our children to church? 11 We take them to church. 12 Why do you not translate? 13 I am translating my lesson. 14 Am I translating? 15 How many pages do we translate? 16 The book which we are translating is not very difficult. 17 Does your garden produce good \ 144 fasquelle's inteoductoet vegetables? 18 It produces good vegetables. 19 You do not reduce our friends to (au) despair. 20 Does your oven bake well? 21 We cook our meat much. 22 Do you destroy your books ? 23 Do I destroy the book which I receive ? 24 You destroy your books. 25 The lessons which I translate are not very difficult. LEgON XLI. LESSON XLI. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. — VERBS ENDING IN y^ AITBE AND OITBE. ^-y___^ 1. The principal irregular verbs of the fourth conju- V gation, ending with the above terminations, are : Connaitre, to Jcnow^ to he Reconnaitre, to recognize, acquainted with, Croitre, to grow. Disparaitre, to disappear, Decroitre, to decrease^ to Paraitre, to appear, grow less, 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative of these verbs are : 1. Ais^ ais^ att^ aissons^ aissez^ aissent, 2. Ois^ ois, ait, oissone^ oissez^ oissent. {o instead of a). 3. Present of the Indicative op ConnaItre, to KNOW^ AND CroItRE, TO GROW. Je conn-ais, I know, Tu conn-ai^. Thou knowest. II conn-ai^. He knows. Elle conn-ai^ She knows. (I^Cj^^-- u^^ 9y-oCA.^ - ^ yy^ FRENCH COURSE. 145 Nous conn-aissons. Yous conn-aissez. lis conn-aisseat. Je cr-ois. Tu cr-ois. II cr-oit. EUe cr-oit. Nous cr-oissons, Vous cr-oissez. lis cr-oissent. We know. You know. They know, I grow. Thou art growing. He grows. She grows. We grow. You grow. They grow. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je couriais ? Connais-tu ? Connait-il ? Connait-elle ? Connaissons-nous ? Conn aissez- vous ? Connaissent-ils ? Est-ce que je crois ? Crois-tu ? Croit-il? Croit-elle ? Croissons-nous ? Croissez-vous ? Croissent-ils ? Do I know ? Dost thou know ? Does he know ? Does she know ? Do we know f Do you know ? Do they know ? Do I grow ? Art thou growing ? Does he grow ? Does she grow ? Do we grow ? Are you growing ? Do they grow ? Model Sentences. Je connais votre fr^re. / am acquainted with your brother. Connaissez-vous cette dame ? Do you know that lady ? 10 146 fasquelle's introdttctory Est-ce que je connais ce mon- Am I acquainted with that gen- sieur ? tieman ? Yous paraissez tres fache. You appear very angry. Est-ce que je parais bien aise ? Do I appear very glad ? Ces legumes croissent rap^der Those vegetables grow rapidly, ment. Les jours decroissentlentement. The days decrease slowly. Je reconnais ces demoiselles. I recognize those young ladies. Est-ce que vous reconnaissez Do you know that house again f cette maison ? (See Lesson 33, E. 3. Reconnaissez-vous cette rue ? Do you recognize that street f Je ne reconnais personne ici. I recognize nobody here. Vocabulary. Afflige, Grieved. Lentement, Slowly, Bien, Well^ very, Malade, Sick. Bientot, Soon, Oncle, m. Uncle, Brouillard, m. Fog, Paraitre, To appear., to Connaltre, To Jcnow^ to he seem, acquainted loith. Parent, m. Relation, Croitre, To groio^ to in- Peintre, m. Painter, crease. Personne, Nobody^ not any- Decroitre, To decrease, body, Disparaitre, To disappear, R^pide,raent, Rapidly, Ete, ra. Summer, Reconnaitre, To recognize, Fache, Angry., sorry. Tableau, m. Picture, Fruit, m. Fruit, Toujours, Always, Jour, m. Day, Tout, All, Ici, Here. Tris^e, Sad. Legume, m. Vegetable. Yite, Quiclc^ quicMy, french course. 14^ Exercise 79. 1 Connaissez-vous mon cousin ? 2 Je connais tous vos parents, 3 Connaissons-noiis quelqu'un ici ? 4 Nous ne connaissons personne. 5 Les jours crois- sent-ils rapidement? 6 Les jours croissent lentement, 'T^.irGJ fruits et Jes legumes croissent rapidement. 8 Le brouillard disparait lentement. 9 Yous disparaissez bientot. 10 Heconnaissez-vous vos amis? 11 Je ne reconnais personne. 12 Ne reconnaissons-nous pas cette demoiselle? 13 Est-ce que je parais triste ? 14 Yous paraissez bien triste. 15 Cette demoiselle parait toujours tres affligee. 16 Je ne reconnais pas la maison de votre oncle. 17 Est-ce que je ne recon- nais pas mes habiUeynents ? 18 Yous ne reconnaissez pas les tableaux de votre peintre. 19 Ces demoiselles paraissent tres iachees aujourd'hui. r£i 1 Do I appear angry ? 2 You do not appear angry, sir. 3 Do you not know your friend ? 4 1 always recognize (put always after recognize in French) my friends. 5 Do you know anybody here? 6 Your brother knows nobody here. 7 Your cousin disap^ pears soon, 8 You disappear rapidly. 9 Our poor sister appears very sad. 10 Do you recognize those young ladies? 11 I recognize your friend's sisters. 12 Do not your children grow very rapidly ? 13 Those little children grow very slowly, they are sick. 14 The days decrease slowly in summer. 15 Those fruits and (those) vegetables do not grow very f^st. 16 Your 148 fasquelle's introductory* sister does not look grieved, but you look sad. 17 Do I recognize iny clothes? 18 You recognize your clothes. 19 Your uncle does not recognize anybody. 20 Do you know that painter ? 21 Do you recognize his picture? 22 I do not recognize his picture. 23 Does your uncle appear angry to-day ? 24 He does not a23pear angry. LEgON XLII. LESSON XLII. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. — VERBS ENDING IN mDBE. 1. There are fourteen irregular verbs ending in indre^ the principal are ; Atteindre, to reach^ to at- Feindre, to feign^ to pre- tain. tend, Ceindre, to gird. Joindre, to join. Contraindre, to constrain. Peindre, to paint. Craindre, to fear. Plaindre, to pity. Eteindre, to extinguish. Teindre, to dye^ to tint. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are, ns^ ns^ nt^ gnons^ gnez^ gnent. 3. Pkesent of the Indicative of Craindre, to FEAB^ AND Peindre, to paint, Je crai-ns. I fear. Tu crai-ns. Thou fearest. II crai-nt. Se fears. Elle crai-nt. She fears. FRENCH COURSE. 149 Nous crai-gnons. TFe/ear. Vous crai-gnez. low/ean lis crai-gnent. They fear. Je pei-ns. IpainL Tu pei-ns. Thou art painting. II pei-nt. He paints. Elle pei-nt. She paints. Nous pei-gnons. We paint. Vous pei-gnez. You are pairiting. lis pei-gnent. They paifit. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je crains ? Do I fear ? Crains-tu ? Dost thou fear ? Grain t-il ? Does he fear f Craint-elle ? Does she fear f Craignons-nous ? Do we fear f Craignez-vous ? Do you fear ? Craignent-ils ? Do they fear f Est-ce que je peins ? Do I paint f Peins-tu ? Dost thou paint f Peint-il ? Does he pahit f Peint-elle ? Does she paint ? Peignons-nous ? Are we painting f Peignez-vous ? Do you paint ? Peignent-ils ? Are they painting f Model Sentences. Que peignez-vous ? What are you 'painting P Je peins le portrait de votre / am painting your hroiher*$ frere. portrait. 150 pasquelle's inteoductobt Est-ce que je peins bien ? Ne plaignez-vous pas ce pauvre homme ? Je plains cette malheureuse femme. Nous feignons d'etre bien aises. Les teinturiers ne teignent pas bien. Nous teignons de la toile. Est-ce que j'eteins la lampe ? Le petit garcon eteint la clian- delle. Vous craignez le chien. lis craignent leur pere. Do I paint well ? Do you not pity that poor man ? I pity that unfortunate woma/in. You pretend to he very angry. We pretend to he very glad. The dyers do not dye well. We are dying linen. Am I extinguishing the lamp f The little hoy puts out the candle. You fear the dog. They fear their father. Atteindre, To attain^ to reach., to overtake, Chandelle, f. Candle. Cheval, m. Horse, Chie»^ m. Dog, Grain dre. To fear, * Docile, Gentle, Domestique, m. Servant, ^teindre, To extinguish^ to put out. Ejtu,de, f. Study, Feindre, To feign^ to pre- tend. Feu, m. Fire, Vocabulary. Gaz, m. Gas, Industrie, f. Industry. Join dre, Toioin. Ma^ieuneux, m, Unfortu- ate, ' Mediant, Cross^ wicked, Moy.en, ra. Means, Morceau, rn. Piece, Parce que, Because, Parents, m. Parents, Peindre, To paint, Peintre, ra. Painter, Plaindre, To 2ytty. Portrait,, ra. Portrait, FEENCH COURSE. 151 Pourquoi, Why. Teindre, To dye. .o^ Salon, ra. Drawing-room. Teinjbuyrei', m. Dyer. Tableau, m. Picture. Toile, f. Linen. Exercise 81. 1 fiteignez-vons la chandelle ? 2 ISTous eteignons la chandelle et le fen. 3 Le domestique eteint le gaz dans le salon. 4 N'atteignez-vous pas votre frere dans ses etudes? 5 Nous n'atteignons pas notre frere. 6 Ne craignez-vous jDas vos parents ? 7 Je crains mes parents. 8 Pourquoi craignez-vous ce cbien ? 9 Je crains le cbien, parce qu'il parait tr^s mecbant. 10 Yotre peintre ne peint-il pas un portrait ? 11 N'ous peignons un grand tableau. 12 Est-ce que je ne plains pas les malbeureux ? 13 Yous ne plaignez pas les malbeureux. 14 Nous plaignons les malbeureux que nous connaissons. 15 La toile que nous teignons n'est pas bonne. 16 Nous joignons nos moyens et notre industrie. 17 Pourquoi ne joignez-vous pas ces inorceaux ? 18 Est-ce que je feins d'etre facbe ? 19 Vous feiornez d'etre bien facbe. ^4 Exercise 82. 1 Wbat are you painting ? 2 I am painting your brother's portrait. 3 Does that painter paint a large picture ? 4 He paints his cousin's portrait. 5 Why do you not put those pieces together i^join those pieces)2 6 I join all the pieces which I have. 7 Do I fear that large dog ? 8 You appear to (leave out to) fear the dog. 9 Your friend does not appear to fear his father. 162 fasquellk's inteoductoey 10 Do you not fear my horse ? 11 I do not fear your horse, he appears very gentle. 12 Do you not pity that unfortunate man? 13 We pity the unfortunate. 14 Do we overtake our friends in their studies? 15 Why do you not put out the gas ? 16 We put out the gas and the fire. 17 You join your means and (your) industry. 18 Do you pretend to be (etre) very sad ? 19 That young lady pretends to be very angry. 20 Do you dye that cloth? 21 The dyer dyes that cloth. 22 He dyes two large pieces of linen. 23 We pity those ladies. 24 Does the servant put out the candle ? 25 He puts out the ^re. LEgON XLIII. LESSON XLIII. THE PRONOUNS. — THEIR PLACE. EN^ F. 1. The following personal pronouns are placed before the verb : Me, Me^ to me. Te, Thee^ to thee, Le, Ilim^ it in the masculine. La, Her^ it in the feminine. Lui, To hini^ to her. Nous, Us^ to us, Yous, Yoit^ to yoit. Lbs, Them^ masculine or feminine. Leur, To theni^ masculine or feminine. FRENCH COURSE. 153 Yous me blaraez, You hla'ine me. Vous me parlez, You speak to me, Yous le punissez, You pwiish him, ^^ , . , ( We speak to Mm, Nous lui parlous, i ^_._. ^ 7.7 ^ ( We speak to her, II nous doivent do I'argent, They owe us money, II nous entendent, They hear us, 2. The relative pronouns : En, Ofit^ ofthem,^ some^ any, Y, To it^ to them^ at that place^ there^ thither ; come also before the verb. J' en parle, , ^ I speak of it, J'en donne, I give some. J'y vais, I go there. 3. En and y are used generally with reference to things, and must be expressed in French, although the corresponding words may be left out in English. Avez-vous des livres ? Have you hooks f J'en ai. I have {some). Y allez-vous ? Do yoic go there ? J'y vais. I do. Juit.^I go there. Model Sentences. Me louez-vous ? Do you praise me f Je ne vous loue pas, je vous / do not praise you^ I hhme blame. you. Est-ce que je vous prete un Do I lend you a hook ? livre ? Yous ne me pretez rien. You do not lend me anything. 154 fasquelle's intkoductoky Je voiis rends votre argent. Je le rends k votre pere. Avez-vous de I'argent ? Je n'en ai pas. Nous en devons beaucoup. Ke nous attendez-vous pas ? Nous les attendons ce matin. Nous y allons maintenant. / return you your money. I return it to your father, Save you any money f I have not (any). We owe much (of it). Do you not expect us ? We expect them this morning. We are going there now. Vocabulary. The number after the verb indicates the conjugation to which it belongs. ' Acajou, m. Mahogany. Acheter, 1. To buy. « Aller,* 1. To go. An nee, f. Year. Argent, m. Money. Attendre, 4. To wait., expect. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Beau, Handsome^ beauti- ful. Blamer, 1. To blame. Casser, 1. To breah. Chaise, f. Chair. Domain, To-morrow. Demand er, 1. To ask for. Donner, 1. To give. • Dollar, m. Dollar, Eb^niste, m. Cabinet- t maJcer. Entendre, 4. To hear. Fantenil, ra. Arm-chair, to Fermier, m. Farmer. Flatter, 1. To flatter. Louer, I. To praise. Menuisier, m. Joiner. Parler, 1. To speak. Pourquoi, Why. Recevoir, 3. To receive^ Tout, All. Vendre, 4. To sell. Yenir,f 2. To come. Voir, 3. To see. tf 'U * See Lesson 34. f 'See Lesson 37. r french course. 155 Exercise 83. 1 Le menuisier vient rae paiier. 2 Le libraire va vous donner du papier. 3 Ne demandez-vous pas mon cousin ? 4 Je le demande. 5 Nous ne le deraandons pas. 6 Nous venous vous voir. 7 AUez-vous voir le fermier aujourd'hui ? 8 Nous allons le voir. 9 Quel beau livre nous donnez-vous ? 10 Je ne vous donne pas ^devivre, je n'en ai pas. 11 Me vendez-vous le drap? 12 Je ne vous vends pas '^telflrap. 13 Je n'en^^^*^^ vends pas, (M^'e n'en ai pas. 14 Ne nous entendez- vous pas ? 15 Nous ne vous entendons pas. 16 Ne 3,^^es attendez-vous pas cette annee? 17 Nous ne les attendons pas cette annee. 18 Yotre frere ne re^oit- il, pas tout son argent? 19 II ne le regoit pas. 20 Vous les blamez, nous les louons, et le menuisier les flatte. rtt- ' X^ Exercise 84. jnr^Xu. VJxXA 1 Do you break the arm-chair ? 2 I do not break it. 3 Does the cabinet-maker give you the mahogany IJLchair? 4 He does not give it, he sells it to the joiner. 5 Does the cabinet-maker come to speak to you ? 6 He goes to speak to my father. 7 Do you expect me ? 8 I do not expect you this morning. 9 Do you not hear me ? 10 I do not hear you. 11 Do you not receive your money? 12 I do not receive it. 13 Do you not praise hipi to-day ? 14 No, sir, I do not praise him, I bjame him. 15 Why 3^*^^^Qir not sell t>s the cloth? 16 Haj^e you the money this morning? I 17 Yes, sir, we have H,. 18 Have you any money to- / ^^^ >i^' tuXc^oCc^ - Tc-ZK^ /^^ ^ 156 fasquelle's inteoductobt day? 19 Yes, sir, we have some, we have twenty dollars. 20 Does the cabmet-maker give you all his money? 21 He does not giveit^ 22 Do you expect me to-day? 23 We do not expect you to-day, we expect you to-morrow. 24 Do you not sell me the mahogany chair? 25 I do not sell it. 26 The cabinet- maker sells it. 27 We sell the chairs, we do not give them. ^ LEgON XLIY. LESSON XLIV. PRONOUNS, CONTINUED. 1. When the French personal pronouns are preceded by a preposition, (in English, by a preposition other than to)^ they come after the verb. They assume the follow ing forms : De moi, Avec moi, Apr^s moi, &c. Of or from me, With me, After me- De toi, Avec toi, Avant toi. Of thee, With thee. Before thee, De lui, Avec lui, Apres lui. Of him. With him, After him. D'elle, Avec elle, Apres elle. Of her, With her, After her. Do nous, Avec nous, Avant nous. Of us. With us, Before us, De vous, Avec vous, Apres vous. Of you. With you. After you. D'eiix, Avec eux, Apres eux. Of them, With them. After them, D'ellos, Apres elles, Avec elles. Of them, After them. With them. Votre frere parle de moi, Your brother speaks of me, Nous sommes avec vous. We are with you. Mon ami vient apres moi. My friend comes after me. 2. The preposition chez, used in connection with a noun or one of the above pronouns, means literally, at or to the house of *^--,' . //^ '( /^/ yj ^ ^ FRENCH couRa:^ / 157 Chez mon cordonnier, {At my shoemaJcer'^s house, ( At my shoemaker^s. Je vais chez le serrurier, I am going to the loch- Ghez nous, smithes. At our house. Chez hii, At his house. Chez elle, At her house. Venez chez nous. Come to our house. Model Sentences. Venez- vous chez moi ? Are you going to my house F Nous allons chez votre mar- We are going to your merchants. chand. Lui offrez-vous le livre ? Do you offer Mm the hook f Je ne lui offre rien. loffer hira nothing. II n' attend rien de moi. He expects nothing from me, Vous fermez la porte apres moi. You shut the door after me. Vous m'ouvrez la porte. You open the door to me. ISTous sortons avant eux. We go out hefore them. Nous les conduisons a I'ecole. We take them to school. Nous les y conduisons. We take them there. Ne cueillez-vous pas les fleurs ? Do you not pick the flowers ? Je ne les cueille pas. / do not pick them. Je n'en cueille pas. / do not pick any. Pourquoi les punissez-vous ? Wliy do you punish them ? Je reyois des fleurs d'eux. I receive flowers from them, y 00 ABUL AR Y. Amitie, f. Friendship, Attendre, 4. To expect^ to Apr^s, After, xoait for. Argent, m. Money, Au moins, At least. 158 rtt^ -^ FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTOKY ai^- Avant, Before, Avec, With, Billet, m. Note, Chambre, f. Room, Charbon, m. Ooal, Compagne, f. Companion, .Connaitre,* 4. To hnoio, Construire,f 4. To construct, Demander, 1. To ask, to ask for, Intim)ft, Intimate, Jardinier, m. Gardener, Maison, f. House, E XERC OfficieK, m. Officer, Offi-ir,t 2. To offer, w Pays^ge, m. J^andscape. Peindre,§ 4. To paint. Pour, JFor, Qui, Whom. Recevoir, 3. To receive, •* Reconnaitre,* 4. To recog- nize, Serrg j f. Sot-house, green- house, Sortir,|| 2. To go out, "^ Voyage ur, m. Traveller, I s E 85. 1 Attendez-vous un billet du voyageur ? 2 J'at- tends un billet de lui. 3 Peignez-vous ce paysage pour elle ou pour lui ? 4 Je le peins pour elle. 5 Votre compagne etait-elle avec sasoeur ? 6 Elle etait avec elle et avec raoi. 7 Xous vous attendons chez moi. 8 Les officiers sont-ils chez mon .pere ? 9 Oui, mon- sieur, ils sont chez lui^ 10 Construisez-vous une maison pour le jardinier ? 11 Je construis une serre pcmr lui. 12 Sortez-vous avant lui? 13 Je sors au moins une heure apres lui, 14 Je lui donne dVFargent et je regois du^'cliarbon de lui. 15 Ou les attendez-vous? 16 Je les attends chez leurs amis intimes. 17 Ne les * See Lesson 41. Lesson 36. f Lesson 40. % Lesson 34. § Lesson 42. Ctx^'" FRENCH COURSE. 159 connaissez-voiis pas? 18 Je ne les reconnais pas. 19 Je voiis demande cela. 20 J'attends cela de vous et de votre aimitie. jJ- Exercise 86. 1 For whom do you construct that house, for him or fo<»me ? 2 I construct it for you. 3 We construct it jpr her. 4 Does he not paint with you ? 5 INTo, sir, he paints with her. 6 Are not the travelers at your father's with him ? 7 No, sir, they are at my intimate friend's. 8 Do you expect a note from me ? 9 I ex- pecf a letter from her. 10 For whom does the mason construct that hot-house ? 11 He constructs it for me. 12 Do you go out before him? 13 I go out of the room after him. 14 Do you offer me that book? 15 I offer the book to him. 16 Do you receive letters from her? 17 I receive letters from them. 18 Do you live at their house ? 19 I live at my brother's house. 20 Do you know them? 21 I do not know them. 22 Do you know the officers who live at my house? 23 I know them. 24 Where do you expect me ? 25 I expect you at your brother's or at your sister's. LEgO!N^ XLY. LESSON XLY. respective POSITIOIS" OF THE PRONOUNS, 1. When there are two pronouns, they are placed in the following order.* 160 fasquelle's introductory Me le * Kim or iL) ^ ,^ , , , . \ to me. Me les, them to me. Me la, her or ^^, ) Te le, him or it, ) ^ ,7 m , \ to thee, Te les, ^Aem to thee. ' it Nous LA, A^r or it^ Te LA, Aer or Nous le, him or ^^, it ) , ^ y to us. Nous LES, them to us. It, ) Vous LE, him or ^7, ) ^ ^^ ^^ , . ?■ w you, Vous LES, m^m to you, Vous LA, A^r or ^^, ) ' ^ M'EN, T'EN, Nous EN, Vous EN, Yous me le donnez. ' so7ne^ any, of it, of them, ' some, amj, of it, ^ of them,, ' some, any, of it, of them., some, any, of it, of them. You give it to me. Vous ne me le donnez pas, You do not give it to me, Nous vous I'envoyons, We send it to you. II nous le prete, ITe lends it to us, II nous en donne, Jle gives us some {of it). to me. to thee. to us. to you. * Le and la become, of course, V before a vowel or a silent h. FRENCH COURSE. 161 It will be seen that the pronoun re23resenting the object follows me, te. nous^ votes ; the literal transla- tion of the first of the sentences above would be: You to me it give. 2. The pronoun representing the object comes before the pronouns lui, to him^ to her ; leur, to them ; en however comes after lui and leur. Le lui, him or it. ) to him or t ^l ) to him or ' . ' V- Les lui, them, V La lui, her or it, ) to her, ) to her. ' . 'Wo them. Les leur, them, to them. La leur, her or it, ) ■ some, any, of it, of thein, sorne^ any, of it, of them, I sell it to him or to her. Yous la lui recommandez, Yoic recommend her to him or to her. Vous lui en donnez, You give him some {of it,) Nous la leur donnons We give it to them. Lux en, Leur en, to him or to her. > to themfi. Je la lui vends, Model Sentences. A qui pretez-vous ce canif ? • To whom do you lend that penr hnife f Je vous le prete. / lend it to you, n 162 fasquelle's intkoductoey Le marcliand nous le donne. II ne me le donne pas. Le lui pr^tez-vous ? Nous le lui pretons. Nous ne vous le pretons pas. Nous ne vous en donnons pas. Ne m'en apportez-vous pas ? Je lui en demande. Je ne vous en demande pas. M'apportez-vous ma canne ? Je ne vous I'apporte pas. Je la lui apporte. Me rendez-vous mon encrier ? Je vous le rends. Nous vous le rendons. The merchant gives it to us. He does not give it to me. Do you lend it to him, or to her? We lend it to him or to her. We do not lend it to you. We do not give you any {of it). Do you not bring me any f I ash him for some. I do not ask you for any. Do you bring me my cane f I do not bring it to you. I bring it to him or to her. Do you return my inkstand to mef I return it to you. We return it to you. Vocabulary, Apporter, 1. To bring. Aussi, Also, Banquier, m. Baiiker. Beaucoup, Much., many. Certaineraent, Certainly, Chercher, 1. To seeJc^ to look for, Cueilli, Picked^ gathered. Cueillir,* 2. T'o gather., to pick, Devoir,f 3. To owe. Encore, Yet^ again. Encrier, m. Inkstand, Enti*er, \,Togo in., to come in. Expres, On purpose, Faute, f. Faidt, Fleiir, f. Flower, Offrir,* 2. To offer, Ouvrier, m. Workman, Oavrir,* 2. To open, Pardonner, 1. To forgive, Porte, f. Door, * See Lesson 34. f See Lesson 38. FRENCH C0URS3S. 16e3 Pour, For, Toujours, Always, Pourquoi, Why, Tr6s, Very, Rapporter, 1. Jb^rm^^ac^'. Trouver, 1. To find, Rendre,* 4. To return^ to Yeiur,f 2. To come, give or bring back, Volontiers, m. Willingly, Exercise 87. 1 Rendez-vous I'argent a votre banquier ? 2 Je le lui rends toujours. 3 Ne me rapportez-vous pas le mien ? 4 Je ne vous le rapporte pas encore. 5 Pour- quoi ne le lui offrez-vous pas ? 6 Je le cherche et je ne le trouve pas. 7 Pourquoi ne lui ouvrez-vous pas la porte ? 8 Je la lui ouvrc, mais il n'entre pas. 9 Avez- vous cueilli cette belle fleur pour moi ? 10 J'ai cueilli la fleur pour vous ou pour votre amie. 11 Ne me devez-vous pas cet argent ? 12 Je vous le dois cer- taineraent. 13 Votre ouvrier ne lui doit-il pas de I'argent ? 14 Oui, monsieur, il lui en doit beaucoup. 15 Ne m'en devez-vous pas aussi ? 16 Je ne vous en dois pas, monsieur. 17 M'apportez-vous I'argent que vous me devez? 18 Je vous I'apporte, monsieur, je viens expres. 19 Ne leur pardonnez-vous pas leura fautes ? 20 Je les leur pardonne volontiers. Exercise 88. 1 Do you bring ns the money ? 2 We bring it to you, sir. 3 Why do you not bring them money ? * See Lesson 39. f Sec Lesson 37. 164 FASQTTELT, "n:'? INTRODUCTORY 4 We have not any, sir. 5 Why do you not return to me my inkstand ? 6 I return it to you, sir. 7 My sister brings it back to you. 8 Do you not forgive (a ces) those poor children? 9 I forgive (leur) them their fault willingly. 10 Do you not owe me that money ? Ill owe it to you, sir. 12 Our workmen do not owe it to you. 13 Do you not bring it to me ? 14 I bring it to you. I owe it to you. 15 Do you not pick my flowers for your brother? 16 Ko, sir, we pick them for our friend. 17 Do you bring them to me on pur- pose ? 18 We do not bring them to you on purpose. 19 Do you not open the door to him? 20 I open it to him. 21 Your workman owes me the money. 22 He owes it to me certainly. 23 Do you not return money to the banker ? 24 I return him some. 25 I do not find them. LEgON XLYI. LESSOR XLYI. THE PAST PARTICIPLE. THE PAST INDEFINITE. 1. The terminations of the past participle are : 1st coiyugation. 2d conjugation. 3d and 4th conjugation. Donn-e, Fin-i, Rec-u, Yend-u, given, finished. received. sold. 2. The past indefinite is forn\ed of the present of the indicative of Avoir, to have, or in a few cases FKENOH COURSE. 165 of £Itke, to Z>e,* and the past participle of the principal verb.f 3. Past Indefinite of Donner, to gtve^ Finir, to FimsR^ Devoir, to ow^ and Yendre, to sell^ etc. J'ai donne. I have given, Tu as fini. Thou hast finished, II a regu. He has received, Nous avons vendu. We have sold, Yous avez porte. You have carried, lis ont parle. They have spoken. INTERKOGATIVB FORM. Ai-je donne ? Have I given ? Est-ce que j'ai fini ? \ Have I finished f As-tu regu ? Hast thou received ? A-t-il vendu ? Has he sold ? Avons-nous porte ? Have we carried? Avez-vous parle ? Have you sjwken ? Ont-ils regu? Have they received? 4. Sometimes the past indefinite is rendered in En- glish by the verb preceded by did^ or by the imperfect alone. * Aller, io ga^ Arriver, to arrive, Mourir, to die, Naitre, to be born, Tomber, tofaU, Yenir, to come, &c., take etre. See "Larger Course," § 46, p. 324. f The rules on the variations of the past participle would only embarass the young student. They are therefore reserved for the " Larger Course," J The first person of thjs tense may be used without est-ce qice; in IcimiUar conversation, however, this form is preferable. 166 fasqcelle's intkoductori Avez-vous vu mon fr^re Did you see my brother yes- hier ? terday f Je I'ai vu la semaine der- I saw him last week. niere. Model Sentences. Nous avons fini notre legon. We have finished our lesson. Avez-vous parle au cliirurgien ? Have you spoken to the surgeon ? Nous avons vendu nos mar- We have sold our goods. cliandises. A-vez-vous apporte ma lettre ? Have you brought my letter f Ma soeur a apporte mes beaux My sister has brought my hand- livres. some hooks. Nous n' avons pas recu notre We have not received our money. argent. Yous avez donne de bons con- You have given good advice. sells. N'avez-vous pas fini yotre Have you not finished your exer- theme ? cise ? Est-ce que j'ai parle beaucoup ? Have I spoken much f II a rencontre votre frere. He has met your brother. II ne I'a pas rencontre. He has not met him,. Quand avez-vous vu mon cou- Wlien did you see my cousin f sin? Je I'ai vu ce matin. I saw him this morning. Lui avez-vous parle hier ? Did you speak to him yesterday ? Je ne lui ai pas parle. / did not speak to him. Y O C ABUL A R Y, Acheter, 1. To buy. Apporter, 1. To briny, Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Argent, m. Money, FRENCH COURSE. 167 Chez, At or to the house of. Parapluie, m. Umbrella, Conduit, Takeyi^ conducted^ Parce que, Because, from Conduire. 4. Peigne, m. Comb, Demoiselle, f. Young lady, Perdre, 4. To lose, Donner, 1. To give, Personne, Nobody, Encore, Yet^ again. Porter, 1. To carry, Finir, 2. To finish. Portrait, m. Portrait, Foin, m. Hay, Quand, JVhen. Hier, Yesterday, Recevoir, 3. To receive. Manger, 1. To eat, Revenu, ra. Income, Marchandises, f. pi. Goods, Tasse, f. Cup. Matin, m. Morning, Vendre, 4. To sell. Panier, m. Basket, Vu, seen^ from Voir, 3. Exercise 89. 1 Je vous ai donne le parapluie. 2 Yous m'avez vendu des marchandises. 3 Ou avez-vous porte la tasse ? 4 N'avez-vous pas perdu votre peigne ? 5 Je ne I'ai pas perdu, je I'ai apporte. 6 N'avez-vous pas fini mon portrait? 7 Je ne I'ai pas fini. 8 Avez-vous mange le pain? 9 Xous ne I'avons pas mange. 10 N'avez- vous pas mange du pain cliaud ? 11 Nous en avons mange. (Lit.: We have eaten some of it.) 12 Ma sceur n'a pas rcQU son revenu. 13 Mon cousin a re^u le sien. 14 N'avez-vous pas vu mon ami ? 15 Nous ne I'avons pas encore vu. 16 Pourquoi n'a-t-il pas achete de foin? 17 II n'en a pas achete parce qu'il n'a pas d'argent. (Lit., He has not bought any of it.) 18 Oil avez-vous conduit mes parents? 19 J'ai con- duit vos parents chez vous. 20 N'avez-vous pas 168 fasquelle's ixtroditctokt apergii ces deux demoiselles? 21 l!^ous n'avons vu personne. EXEKCISE 90. 1 Have you finished the basket ? 2 I have not yet finished it. 3 Did you not buy the house yesterday ? 4 We have bought it this morning. 5 What has your brotlier brought ? 6 He has brought money. 7 Have you not seen my brother ? 8 I saw him yesterday, sir. (Lit., I have seen him yesterday), 9 My friend has taken the young lady to your house. 10 We have eaten the bread and (the) meat. 11 We have not lost your brother's umbrella. 12 My cousin has not yet received his income. 13 We have bought no hay, we have no horse (pas de cheval). 14 He has no money, he has bought no liorse. 15 When did you see my friend ? 16 I saw liim yesterday morning at your brother's. 17 Have you given them my letter? 18 I gave them your brother's letter. 19 We have not brought the cup. 20 We did not perceive the young ladies. 21 We have not eaten warm bread. 22 We have not eaten any {of it). 23 We have eaten some. LEgOlS^ XLVII. LESSON XLYII. THE PRESENT PAKTICIPLE. THE IMPERFECT OF THE INDICATIVE. 1. The termination of the present participle of every French verb, is ant. In the regular verbs of the second conjugation, however, that ending is preceded by iss. FRENCH OOURSE. 169 1st, 3d, and 4th Conjugations. 2d Conjugation. ANT, ISSANT, Donn-ant, Recev-ant, Vend-ant. Finiss-ant, giving, receiving, selling, finishing, 2. The imperfect may be formed from the present participle by changing ant into ais^ ais^ ait, ions, iez^ aient. The irreirular verbs also come under this rule." PRESENT PARTICIPLE. Donn-ant, giving, Fin-issant, finishing, Recev-ant, receiving, Yend-ant, selling. All-ant, going. Yen-ant, coming. Yoy-ant, seeing. IMPERFECT. Je donn-ais, I was giving, Je fin-issais, J was finishi?ig, Je recev-ais, I loas receiving, Je vend-ais, I teas selling, J'all-ais, I was going, Je ven-ais, I vms coming, Je voy-ais, / used to see. 3. Tmpekfect of Donner, to give^ Recevoir, to BEOEIVE, AND YeNDRE, TO SELL. 1 was giving or used to give. I was receiving or used to receive. I was selling or used to sell. Thou wast giving or wast wont to give. TJiou wast receiving or wast wont to receive. Thou wast selling or wast wont to seU, He was giving or was wont to give. He was receiving or used to receive. He was selling or used to sell. We were giving or used to give. We were receiving or used to receive. We luere stlling or used to sell. * Except Avoir, to have, and Savoir, to know. Present participle: Ayant, Sachant ; Imperfect : J'avais, Je savais. 170 fasquelle's intbodtjctoey Vous donn- ^ You were giving or used to give. Vous recev- C iez. You were receiving or used to receive. Vous vend- 3 You were selling or used to sell. lis donn- ■\ They were giving or used to give. lis recev- y aient. Tliey were receiving or used to receive. Us vend- ; Tliey were selling or used to sell. INTERROGATIVE FORM OF DONNER, TO GIVE, Donnaisie? or )— -.^.. _,.. ,.« „ . , . no, > Wa5 I giving or mc« iz^e to givef Est-cequejedonnais?* ) Donnais-tu ? Wast thou giving or (Z^6fo^ thou use to gijoe f Donnait-il ? Was he giving or did he use to give f Donnions-nous ? Were we giving or did we use to give f Donniez-vous ? Were you giving or did you use to give f Donnaient-ils ? Were they giving or did they use to give f 4. Like the above models are conjugated in this tense : 1. AU-er, to go / J'alLais, &c., I was going, cfcc. 2. Couvr-ir, to cover; Ciieill-ir, to gather, dbc. See Lesson 34, R. 4. 3. Verbs ending in tir, such as Sort-ir, to go out ; Sent-ir, to feel or smell. See Lesson 36. 4. Those ending in enir, such as Yen-ir, to come / Ten-ir, to hold. See Lesson 37. Je couvr-ais, I was covering, Je cueill-ais, I was gathering, Je sort-ais, I was going out, Je sent-ais, I used to feel, Je ven-ais, I was combing, Je ten-ais, 1 used to hold, * In conversation or familiar writing, this form is preferable to the first. FRENCH COUKSE. l7l Model Sentences. L'annee derni^re, j'etudiais Last year I used to study two deux heures tous les jours. hours every day. Je vendais du foin. / v^ed to sell hay. Je recevais des lettres de mes I used to receive letters from my amis. friends. Je respectais mes parents. / respected my parents. Le serrurier m'apportait la clef. TJie locksmith was bringing me the key. Mon maitre de musique venait My music teacher used to come at a dix heures. ten o^ clock. Kous leur donnions des livres. We used to give them hooks. lis etudiaient leurs lecons. TJiey were studying their lessons. lis rendaient leurs parents They rendered their parents Leureux. happy. lis vendaient leurs marclian- Tliey used to sell their goods very dises tres cher. dear. Kous les recevions cordiale- We used to receive them cor- ment. dially. JSTous aimions notre soeur. We loved our sister. YOC ABU LAKY. Acbeter, 1. To buy, Drap, m. Cloth, Beau, Fine, Envers, Towards. Bien, Well. Gant, m. Glove. Bouilii, m. Boiled meat. He are, f. Hour. Campagne, f. Country. Maitre de musique, Music- Cher, Dear. teacher. Cordonnier, m. AS/ioemaX'er. Manger, 1. To eat. Dechirer, 1. To tear. Marchand, m. Merchant, Donner, 1. To give. Marchandise, f. Goods. <^/^f^t'^'V i'VVV^Vt^*' l^JbrUO ^^ dffjj^^f^^r c , 172 FAS.QUELLE'S Maroquin, m. Morocco, Nettoyer, 1. To clean. Noisette, f. Hazel-nut, Orange, f. Orange, Peintre, m. Painter, Quatre, Four, Que, What^ which, , Quel, What^ which, /vuUr. I N T H O I) U C T U 11 r Rien, Nothing, Roti, m. Roast meat. Tableau, m. Picture, Travailler, 1. To work, Veau, m. Calf -skin. Vend re, 4. To sell. Venir, 2. To come. Viande, f. Meat, ^ EXEECISE 91. 1 Combien d'argent doimiez-vous a ce petit gar^on ? 2 Je ne lui donnais rien. 3 Cette demoiselle ne tra- vaillait-elle pas bien? 4 Elle travaillait tres bien. 5 Le peintre vendait-il un tableau ? 6 Le petit gargon dechirait ses gants. 7 Que vendiez-vous au cordonnier ? 8 Je lui vendais du veau et du maroquin. 9 Le marchand recevait-il de bon drap? 10 II recevait de bon drap, mais il le vendait tres cher. 11 Achetiez-vous de belles oranges ? 12 J'achetais des oranges et des noi- settes. 13 Que raangiez-vous ce matin? 14 Kous mangions du roti et du bouilli. 15 Je ne mangeais* pas de viande. 16 A [in) la campagne je mangeais beaucoup. 17 A quelle heure veniez-vous? 18 Je venais a quatre heures. 19 Ne dechiriez-vous pas vos gants ? 20 Non, monsieur, je les nettoyais. ^ * In verbs ending in ger, e is put before the a of the imperfect, to preserve the soft sound of the g. See Larger Course, page 336, Rule 1. V FRE^NCH COUESE. 173 :sE 92. 1 How many books were' you giving him ? 2 I was giving him no books. (See Lesson 28, R. 6.) 3 How were they selling their goods ? 4 They sold (were sell- ing) their goods very^dear. ^ 5 What were you giving them ? 6 I was giving them letters. 7 Did the merchant receive much cloth ? 8 He received mucli. 9 What 'were you buying? 10 We were buying good cloth. 11 The shoemaker was buying fine calf and good morocco. 12 Did. the merchant ^ell you good cloxli ? 13 He did not sell me cloth, but he sold leatherito the dM shoemaker. 14'*^At what hour did your merchant use to receive his letters ? 15 He used to I'eceive them at four o'clock. 16 What were you selling him? 17 I was selling him good books. 18 What were you eat- ing this morning? 19 I was eating boiled meat. 20 At what hour did you use to come ? (or did you come usually P) 21 I used to^ come at ten o'clock (dix heures.) 22 Who was selling a ])icture this morning? 23 The painter was selling a picture. 24 The little boy was not tearing nis gloves. 25 The music-teacher used to come at ten o'clock. , j^ LEgOlsr XLYIII. LESSON XLYIII. THE IMPERFECT, CONTINXTED. IRREGULAR VERBS. 1. There are about two hundred regular verbs of the second conjugation. The termination of the present 174 FASQUELLE S INTKODUCIOEY participle of these verbs is issant.^ Those of tlie irn-. perfect are issais, issais, issait^ issloiis^ issiez^ issaient, 2. TmPERFCT of FlNIR, TO FINISH. Je fin-issais. I was finishing or used to finish, Tu fin-issais. Thou wast finishing or wast wont to finish, II fiii-issait. He teas finishing or used to finish, Nous fin-issions. We were finishing or used to finish, Vous fiii-issiez. You were finishing or used to finish, lis fin-issaient. They were finishing or used to finish, 2. Imperfect of Irregular Verbs ending in AJtTRE, — CoNN-AiTRE, ETC. See Lesson 41. I used to Jcnow or knew. Thou usedst to know, <&c. Je conn-aissais. Tu conn-aissais. II conn-aissait. l^ous conn-aissions. Yous conn-aissiez. lis conn-aissaient. 3. Verbs ending in Lesson 40. Je condui-sais. Tu condui-sais. II condui-sait. N'ous condui-sions. Vous condui-siez. lis condui-saient. He used to Jcnow^ We used to know. You used to Jcnow, They used to hnow, uiBE. — CoNDui-RE. See list, I was leading^ dbc, or led. Thou wast leading^ ibc. He was leading. We were leading. You loere leading. They loere leading. * See end of Rule 1, last Lesson FRENCH COURSE. 175 4. Verbs ending in indre, — Crai-ndre. See Les- son 42. Je crai-gnais.* I used to fear Tu crai-gnais. Thou used to fear, II crai-gnait. He used to fear, Nous crai-gnions. We used to fear, Vous crai-gniez. You used to fear. lis crai-gnaient. They used to fear. Model Sentences. Que finissiez-vous ce matin ? What vjere you finishing this morning f Je finissais mon travail. I was finishing my work. Connaissiez-vous ce monsieur? Were you acquainted with that gentleman f Je ne !e connaissais pas. I was not acquainted with him. Oq conduisiez-vous votre cou- Where were you taking your sin ? cousin f Je le conduisais chez nous. I was taking him to our house. Le peintre que peignait-il ? WJiat was the painter painting ? II peignait le portrait de ma He was painting my sister's por- soeur. trait f A quelle heure veniez-vous ? At what hour did you use to come. Je venais de bonne heure. I used to come early. Mes freres venaient tard. My brothers used to come late. Oa allaient les ouvriers ? Where were the workmen gf^ing f lis allaient ^ leur travail. They were going to their work. Ne craigniez-vous pas le chien ? Did you not fear the dog ? * G^ is pronounced like ni in minion. a.v/zC' w Ji- ll^ fasquelle's introductoey J"e ne le craignais pas. Nous ne craignions rien. I did not fear it. We did not fear any thing. Vocabulary. Afflige, Grieved. Agir, 3. To act^ to behave, Aise, Glad. Ancien, Old. Blanchir, 2. To whitewash, Chandelle, f. Candle. Chien, m. Dog. Coeur, m. Heart, Conduire, 4. To lead^ to take^ to conduct. De bonne heure, Early, Ecole, f. School, Eglise, f. Church, ;fileve, m. Pupil, Envers, Towards, Eux, Them, Eteindre, 4. To extinguish, Lampe, f. Lamp, On, Where, Ouvrier, m. Worlcman. Paraitre, 4. To appear. Person ne, f. Person, Personne, Nobody, Plafond, m. Ceiling, Plaindre, 4. To pity, Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- nize. Salir, 2. To soil, Tard, Late. Theme, m. Exercise, Tout, All Travail, m. Work, Exercise 93. 1 Xous finissions nos themes. 2 Agissiez-vous bien envers vos amis ? 3 J'agissais bien envers eux. 4 Le peintre blanchissait-il le plafond ? 5 II ne le blan- chissait pas. 6 Le petit gargon salissait-il ses gants ? 7 II ne les salissait pas. 8 Salissions-nous les notres ? 9 Yous ne les salissiez pas. 10 I^e connaissiez-vous pas beaucoup de personnes ici? 11 N'ous ne connaissions personne. 12 Ces enfants paraissaient-ils bien aises? r FRENCH COURSE. 177 13 lis paraissaient bien affliges. 14 Oii conduisaient- ils leurs amis? 15 lis les conduisaient chez leur pere. 16 Ne reconnaissiez-vous pas vos anciens amis ? 17 Je ne les reconnaissais pas. 18 Ne plaigniez-vous pas ce pauvre ouvrier ? 19 Nous le plaignions de (with) tout notre cceur. 20 N'eteigniez-vous pas la chandelle ? 21 Nous eteignions la chandelle et la lampe. Exercise 94. 1 What were you finishing ? 2 I was finishing my exercise. 3 We were finishing our work. 4 Where were you taking your pupil? 5 I was taking him to {a V ) church. 6 You were not taking tliose chil- dren to {a P) school. 7 My brother was acting (^s aj friend toward you. 8 Was that gentleman behaving well toward us? 9 We were not behaving well toward him. 10 You were not acting as a {eii) fi'iend. 11 We did not fear you, we feared your cousin. 12 You did not fear us, you feared our sister. 13 Did you pity the poor man ? 14 1 pitied him with all my heart. 15 Did you use to know that workman ? 16 We used to know him very well. 17 We did not recognize all {tous) our friends. 18 Where were they going? 19 They were not going to their work. 20 Did you use to come early or late ? 21 We used to come very early. 22 We were leading our little brother to school ; he feared the dog. 23 The painter was painting my friend's portrait, 24 I did not know that gentleman, but I knew his brother. ^ 12 ^ 178 pasquelle's introductory LEgo:Nr xlix. lesson xlix. THE PLUPERFECT. PLACE OP ADVERB. 1. The pluperfect is formed of the imperfect of one of the auxiliaries, avoir or ]feTRE, and the past participle of the principal verb. 2. Pluperfect of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and Vendre. J'avais donne. Tu avais fini. II avait rcQU. Nous avions vendu. Vous aviez donne. lis avaient fini. I had given. Thou hadst finished. He had received. We had sold. You had given. They had finished. INTEKBOGATIVE FORM. Avais-je donne ? or Est-ce que j'avais donne ? Avais-tu fini ? Avait-il re^u ? Avions-nous vendu ? Aviez-vous donne ? Avaient-ils fini ? i Sad I given ? Hadst thou finished? Had he received? Had loe sold ? Had you given ? Had they finished ? 2. The adverb which, in tenses not taking avoir or etre,^ follows the verb, is, in those tenses formed with avoir or etre^ generally placed between these and the participle. FRENCH COURSE. 179 Je parle souvent. I of ten speak, J'ai souvent parle. I have often spoken, Je finis bientot ma legon. I soon finish my lesson, J'ai bientot fini ina le^on. I have soo?i finished my lesson. Je regois toujours mon ar- I always receive my m^oney. gent. J'ai toujours requ mon ar- I have always received my gent. money. Model Sentences. Aviez-vous fini a temps ? Had you finished in timef Je n'avais pas fini trop tard. I had not finished too late. Nous avions vendu notre We had sold our house. maison. Yous n'aviez pas emprunte le You had not borrowed the booh, livre. II n'avait pas cherche son as- He had not looked for his partner. socie. H nous avait envoye du fi'uit. He had sent us fruit. lis ne vous en avaient pas en- They had 7iot sent you any. voye. Nous I'avions souvent rencontre. We had often met him. Nous vous en avions envoye. We had sent you some. N'aviez- vous pas offense votre Had you not offended your friend? ami? Nous ne I'avions pas offense. We had not offended him. Yous ne m'aviez jamais ren- You had never met me. contre. Yous m'aviez donneuneardoise. You had given me a slate. Elles avaient allume la chan- They had lighted the candle, deUe. Yous aviez lu votre lecon. You had read your lesson. 180 FASQUBLLE^S INTRODUCTOBT Vocabulary. Beaucoup, Much, Bonne, f. Nursery-maid. Bu, Drank. Cafe, m. Coffee. Casse, Broken. Chaleur, f. Heat. Decliire, Tor7i. Deja, Already. Delace, Unlaced. Denoue, Untied. Deshabille, Undressed. Eau, f. Water. Ecrit, Written. Encore, Yet^ again. Excellent, Excellent. Fenetre, f. Window. Ferine, ^hut. Froid, m. Cold. Gateau, m. Cake. Gilet, m. Waistcoat. Habille, Dressed. Lacet, m. Lace. Lu, Read. Marchandise, f. Merchayi^ dise. Mauvais, Bad^ poor, None, Tied. Ouvert, Opened. Persienne, f. Blind. — Porte, f. Door. Senti, Felt. Soulier, m. Slioe. The, m. Tea. Tiroii*, m. Drawer. ~ Tout, All. Yendu, Sold. .J Exercise 95. 1 N'aviez-vous pas ouvert la ^orte ? 2 J'avais ou- vert la porte et la fenetre. 3 Nous n'avions pas ferme les persiennes. 4 N'aviez-vous pas ferme le tiroir? 5 Je ne I'avais pas ferme. 6 N'avait-elle pas habille I'enfant? 7 EUe ne I'avait pas encore habille. 8 La bonne avait deshabille la petite fille. 9 N'aviez-vous pasbu beaucoup d'eau ? 10 Nous avions bu beaucoup de the et de cafe. 11 Aviez-vous mange du pain? FKENCH COURSE. 181 12 Nous avions mange d'excellent pain et de mauvais gateau. 13 Aviez-vous noue les lacets de vos souliers ? 14 Nous avions casse nos lacets. 15 Mon frere avait dechire "son gilet. 16 Nous avions senti le froid. 17 Cette pauvreferame avait beaucoup senti la chaleur. 18 Le march and n'avait pas beaucoup vendu. 19 II n'avait pas vendu toute sa marchandise. Exercise 96, 1 Had you unlaced your shoe? 2 I had not unlaced my shoe, I had broken my lace. 3 Had you not tied your lace ? 4 I had not tied my lace, I had untied it. il^ 5 What bread had you eaten ? 6 I had eaten excellent bread. 7 Had the nursery-maid dressed the child ? 8 She had dressed the children. 9 Had you not un- dressed your little brother ? 10 I had not undressed him, I had dressed him. 11 Had you not opened my door ? 12 I had not opened your door, I had opened your window. 13 Had we not shut our windows ? 14 You had shut your doors and (your) windows. 15 Had, not the mercharit^Telt the heat nrttelL? 16 He had\^felt'tlie heat iimeh. 17 Had you not untied my shoe? 18 Yes, my child, I had untied it. 19 What had you torn ? 20 I had torn my waistcoat and my gloves. 21 Had she shut the blinds of her room? 22 She had shut the windows and {the) blinds. 23 Had you already received a letter? 24 I had {J''en avals) already received one; 25 I have already read my book and written my lesson. 182 fasqublle's inteoductory LEgON L. LESSON L. THE PAST DEFINITE. — ITS USE. 1. The terminations of the past definite of the first conjugation are, a^, as, a, dmes^ dtes^ erent, 2. Past Definite of Donner, to give. Je donn-ai. J gave or did give. Tu donn-as. Thou gavest or didst give. II donn-a. He gave or did give, N'ous donn-ames. We gave or did give. Yous donn-ates. You gave or did give. lis donn-erent. They gave or did give, INTERROGATIVE FORM. Donnai-je? or ) t^-t r • q -r. ^ . ^ .o [Did I give? Ji-st-ce que je donnai ? J Donnas-tu ? Didst thou give f Donna-t-il ? Did he give f Donnames-nous ? Did vje give ? Donnates-vous ? Did you give f Donnerent-ils ? Did they give ? 3. All verbs ending in er, including AU-er, to go^ and Envoy-er, to send, are conjugated in this tense like the above models. 4. To use this tense, the time should be named or alluded to, and entirely past. Je parlai hier a mon fr^re, J spoke to my brother yes- terday. Je lui envoyai une lettre I sent him a letter last year. I'annee derniere. FRENCH COURSE. Model Sentences. Hier au soir, je soupai chez moi. Yesterday evening I took supper at home. Le mois passe, je lui donnai de Last month, I gave him money. r argent. Alors, ils me blam^reftt beau- Then, they Named me much. coup. L'annee derni^re, j'achetai une Last year, I bought a house. maison. La semaine derni^re, je quittai Last week, I left New York. 'New York. LedixdejuinJ'arrivaiSrBoston. The tenth of June, I arrived in Boston. Avant hier, nous allames a la. The day before yesterday, we chass<^. went hunting. Le meme jour, vous allates a la iTie same day, you went fishing. peche. Le quatre de juillet, j'allai k The fourth of July, I went to New York. New York. Hier au soir, j'arrivai chez vous. Yesterday evening I arrived at your house. II parla de vous, hier matin. He spoke of you, yesterday morn- ing. II chassa deux heures, hier. He hunted two hours, yesterday, Y O C ABUL AR Y. Acheter, 1. To buy. Assurer, 1. To assure. Admirer, 1. To admire, Chercher, 1. To seek, to look Aller, 1. To go, for, Annee, f. Year, Chez, At or to the house Arracher, 1. To pull up^ to of, tear up. Dernier, Tiast, /^^^^^^IC'*^-*^- Y~ T 184 FASQUELLe's INTRODtlCTOEY Domestiqiie, m. or f. ^qt- vant, Donner, 1. To giue. Envoy er, 1. To send, fitre, 4. To he. Farine, f. Flour. Ilier, Yesterday. Journee, f. T>ay. Louer, 1. To praise. Maisoii (a la), At home. Marcher, 1. To vmlk. Matin, m. Morning. Mauvaise herbe, f. Weed. Mois, ni. Month. Oil, Where. ISTeuf, JSFew. Panier, m. JBasTcet. Parler, \.-To speak. Piastre, f. Dollar. Poste, f. Post-office. Precept eur, na. Teacher, Quand, When. Tout, All. Tout (du) At all. Travail, Work. Travailler, 1. To work. Trouver, 1. To find. Voyage, m. Journey, Exercise 97. 1 Hier matin, nous allames chez vous. 2 N"ous ne vous trouvames pas a la maison. 3 Yotre domestique nous assura que vous etiez chez votre fr^re. 4 Nous envoyames hier une lettre a la poste. 5 Nous louaines beaucoup cet ecolierj quand nous parlames a son pre- cepteur. 6 Je donnai I'annee derniere beaucoup de fruit a nion cousin. 7 Je lui envoyai un grand panier de pommes. 8 Je vous cherchai hier, toute la journee. 9 Nous achetames beaucoup de farine le mois dernier. 10 Le jardinier arracha hier toutes les mauvaises herbes dans notre jardin. 11 II travailla toute la journee. 12 Mon p^re lui donna une piastre pour son travail. 13 Dans mon voyage a Paris j'ach«tai un habit neuf. 14 Ma soeur acheta un beau chapeau. 15 Mes freres f /iM^^-^ ^/c6^<^^-^^. FKENCH COURSE. J^ 185 n'acheterent rien du tout. 16 Nous restames deux moisaParis. 17 Nous allaraes a Versailles. 18 Nous adrairames les beaux jardins. 19 Je marchai deux heures hier. ^ Exercise 98. 1 Did my brother go to Paris last year ? 2 He went to Paris and to Versailles. 3 Did he not admire the gardens ? 4 Yes, sir, he admired the gai-dens. 5 Did he not praise the pictures ? {tableaux.) 6 Yes, sir, he praised tlie pictures much. 7 Where {oil) did you go yesterday morning ? 8 We went to your father's. 9 Did you find him at home? 10 We did not find him at home. 11 Did you speak to the servant? 12 We did not speak to the servant. 13 Did the gar- dener pull up all the vegetables in your garden yester- day ? 14 He did not pull up the vegetables, he pulled up the weeds. 15 Did you praise my brother the other day? ip autre jour.) 16 We praised him, when he spoke to his friend. 1 7 His teacher praised him. 1 8 My father gave us a dollar last month. 19 He sent us a large basket of apples last year. 20 He gave us much fruit. 21 Did you send your letter to the post-office yesterday ? 22 We did not send our letters. 23 In our journey to London {Londres) we bought many books. 24 We remained two months m {a) London. 25 Did you admire the Thames ? {la Tamise) 26 We admired the Thames. 186 fasquelle's introdtjctory LEgoisr LI. LESSON LI. THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of this tense, in the second and fourth conjugations are, ^s, ^5, ^7, imes, ites^ ireiit, 2. Past Definite of Finir, to finish^ and Yendre, TO SELL. "^ ' t Je fin- Je vend- Tufin- Tu vend- Ilfin- II vend- Nous fin- Nous vend Yous fin- Yous vend lis fin- ) . lis vend- j \ ( I I finished or did finish, I sold or did sell. Thou finishedst or didst finish. Thou soldest or didst sell. He finished or did finish. He sold or did sell. We finished or did finish. We sold or did sell, Yoic finished or did finish. You sold or did sell. They finished OM did finish. They sold or did sell, 3. The irregular verbs of the second conjugation^ ending in tir (Lesson 36), as also cueillir^ offrir^ ,^ ^^dck^eJC^ ri^^'^^ FRENCH COUESE. 187 4. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in uire and indre^ (see Les., 40 and 42,) take also the above endings, but the first part of the word is somewhat changed. ^ . IS. ■ is. 5. Past Definite Peindre, to paint, Je conduis- Je peign- Tu conduis- Tu peign- II conduis- II peign- Nous conduis- Nous peign- Yous conduis- Yous peign- Ils conduis- 11s peign- Y- . lines. . ites. I irent. OF CONDUIRE, TO CONDUCT, AND T conducted or did conduct, I painted or did paint. Thou didst conduct. Thou didst paint. He conducted or did conduct. He did paint or painted. We conducted or did conduct. We 2>ctinted OY didj^ctint. You conducted or did conduct. You painted or did paint. They conducted or did conduct. They painted or did paint. 6. In those irregular verbs of the second conjuga- tion, which end in enir, (see Les., 37,) n is put after the * of the above terminations. V. Past Definite of Yenir, to come. Je v-ins. Tu v-ins. II v-int. Nous V inmes. Yous v-intes. lis v-inrent. I came or did come. Thou earnest or didst come. He came or did come. We came or did come. You came or did come. They came or did come. 188 fasquklle's introductoey Model Sentences. Je finis ma traduction hier I finished my translation yester^ matin. day morning. Vous vendues votre maison You sold your house last year. I'annee derni^re. Est-ce que je finis mon livre la Did I finish my book last week ? semaine derniere? Vous conduisites votre ami en You took your friend to England Angleterre avant hier. the day before yesterday. Notre jardin produisit bien I'ete Our garden 'produced well last dernier. summer. Alors, il feignit de craindre mon Tlien^ he feigned to fear my father. p^re. Je sortis hier a cinq heures. / went out yesterday at five o'clock. II vint chez nous dimanche He came to our house last Sun- dernier. day. Nous ne sortimes pas du tout. We did not go out at all. A quelle heure sortites-vous, At what hour did you go out th<* avant hier ? day before yesterday ? Jeudi dernier, je lui offris de Last Thursday I offered him I'argent. money. Nous lui offrimes aussi des We offered him clothes also. habits. Lundi, nous cueillimes ioni Monday^ we picked all our fruit. notre fi-uit. Nous ne le vendimes pas alors. We did not sell it then, V O C ABUL A R Y. Absent, Abse?it. Apies, After, Agir, 2. To act^ to behave. Aussi, Also. Ancien, Old. Avec, With, PREN-CH COURSE. 189 Cinq, Five, Corabien, How much^ how many, Commis, m. Clerh, Conduire, 4. To conduct^ to take, Connaissance, f. Acquaint- ance. Dernier, Last, Heure, i\ Hour^ o"^ clock. Inter essant. Interesting, Jeudi, m. Thursday, Londres, London, Mai, Badly. Neveii, m. Nepheio, Officier, m. Officer, Offrir, 2. To offer, Partir, 4. To set out. Perdre, 4. To lose, Plusieurs, Several. Pour, For, Punir, 2. To punish, Quatre, Four, KevoljLe, f. Revolt, Samedi, m. Saturday. Severement, Severely. Soir, m. Evening. Sold at, m. Soldier. Sortir, 2. To go out. T&che, f. Task. Temps, m. Time. Tout a fait. Quite. Vend re, 4. To sell. Yenir, 2. To come. Yei;ge, f. Yard, Voir, 3. To see. Exercise 99. 1 Lea officiers punirent-ils les soldats apres la re- volte ? 2 lis les punirent severement. 3 Finites- vous votre tache, hier ? 4 Je ne la finis pas tout a fait. 5 Mes soeurs la finirent pour moi. 6 Ou con- duisites-vous votre neveu lundi ? 7 Je le conduisis a I'ecole. 8 Nous conduisimes aussi nos nieces chez leur ancienne amie. 9 Yos commis ne vinrent-ils pas chez vous hier au soir ? 10 lis ne vinrent pas chez moi, ils agirent tres raal. 11 Combien de verges de drap ven- 190 pasquelle's introductory dites-vous hier? 12 ISTous en {of it) vendimes ciuq verges. 13 Ne perdites-vous pas beaiicoup de temps a Londres? 14 Nous ne perdimes pas de temps. 15 Yotre oncle voiis offrit-il de I'afgent, jeudi dernier? 16 II ne m'offrit rien. 17 Nos connaissano^ vinrent nous voir samedi dernier. 18 I^ous leur offrimes plusieurs livres interessants. 19 lis partirent a quatre heures, et nous sortimes avec eux. ^ Exercise 100. 1 Did you conduct your niece to school, yesterday ? 2 We did not conduct her to school. 3 Did you finish that hook last Saturday ? 4 We did not quite finish it. 5 At what hour did you come yesterday morning ? 6 I came at ten o'clock (a dlx heures)^ but you were absent. 7 We came to your house the day before yesterday. 8 The officers came witli us. 9 Your clerks did not come to my house yesterday. 10 They came to my brother's, Saturday {au) evening. 11 Did you offer them interesting books? 12 Did you not act badly towards (envers) your friend? 13 Isold much cloth yesterday. 14 We lost .many ])oolcs in (d) London. 15 Your uncle lost much ui^io. 16 We went out yes- terday at four o'clock. 17 We did not go out last Thursday. 18 My brothers set out yesterday at four o'clock. 19 Did you go out with them ? 20 We did not go out with them. 21 Did your acquaintances come to see you last year ? 22 They did not come to see us. 23 My brother came to my house yesterday, but I was absent. 24 The officers did not punish tho FRENCH COURSE. 191 soldiers before the revolt. 25 They punished them severely after the revolt. ^ J-ZAA^^ ]Cc^^^^^^ LEgON LII. LESSON LII. THE PAST DEFIN^E, CONTINTJED. THIRD CONJUGATION, 1. In the third conjugation, the terminations of the past definite are, us^ us^ ut^ umes^ utes, urent, 2. Past Definite of Recevoir, to beceiye. Je reg-us. I received or did receive, Tu reg-us. Thou receivedst or didst receive. II reg-ut. lie received or did receive, !N"ous reg-umes. We received or did receive, Yous reg-ntes. You received or did receive, lis reg-urent. They received or did receive, 3. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in aitre or oitre^ take also the above terminations. 4. Past Definite of ConnaItre, to know. Je conn-US. Iknew^ did hnoio^ or was acquainted with, Tu conn-US. Thou knewest or didst Tcnow^ dbc II conn-ut. He knew or did know, ISTous conn-uraes. TFe kneio or did knoio. Vous conn-ut es. You kiieio or did know, lis conn-urent. They knew or did know, 5. The following are the principal irregular verbs of 192 p^lsquelle's introductoey the second and fourth conjugations, which take the endino^s of the third in this tense : PAST DBFINITE. Courir, to run, Mourir, to die, Boire, to drink, Croire, to believe. Lire, to read, Plaire, to please. Je cour-us, &c., I ran. Je mour-us, I died, Je b-us, I drank, Je cr-us, I believed, Je 1-us, I read, Je ]5l-us, I pleased. 6. Avoir, to have^ and Etre, to he^ are quite irregular in this tense ; the terminations, however, are Hke the above. ^. Past Definite of Avoir and Etre. J'eus. Tu eus. II eut. N'ous enmes. Yous elites, lis eurent. I had. Thou hadst. He had. We had. You had. They had. Je fus. Tu fus. II fut. Nous fumes. Yous futes. lis furent. Iicas, Thou wast. He was. We were. You were. They toere. Model Sentences. Je re§us des marchandises, hier. I received merchandise yesterday. Lundi dernier, nous lumes deux Last Monday we read two pages. Alors, nous apercCimes Ten- Then^ we perceived the enemy, ceini. Je lus six pages mardi dernier. / read six pagas last Tuesday. Mercredi, nous fumes bien sur- Wednesday^ we were much sur- pris. prised. Hous ne fumes pas tr^s faches. We were not very sorry. V^i^'i^'^.^TL^ 6' FRENCH COURSE. 193 Yos soeurs furent bien etonnees. Your sisters were muck astort" ished. Alors, nous reconnumes leur Tlien^ we acknowledged their good bonne volonte. will. Alors, vous reconnutes votre Tlien^ you acknowledged your erreur. error. Jcudi, vous refutes votre re- TJiursday^ you received your in- venu. come. Yendredi, il courut cliez son Friday ^ he ran to his father's. Samedi, nous bCimes de I'eau a Saturday ^ vje drank ice-water, la glace. I^ous crumes que vous etiez We believed that you, were sick malade, dimanche dernier. last Sunday. YOCABULARY. Afflige, Grieved, Croire, 4. To believe. Aise, Glad. DejeiineK, m. Breakfast. Ai^QiccQYo\\\^. To perceive. Eau, f. Water. Associe, m. Partner. J^^Erreur, f. Error. Aussitot, Immediately. Evar^gile, m. Gospel. Aussitot que, As soon Fache, Sorry. as. Lire, 4. To read. Avoir, 3. To have. Lundi,^ m. Monday, . j , J Bientot, Soon. Mala^, f. Sickness, .Jj«(xl^>i-5u Billet, m. Rote. Mourir, 2. To die. Boire, 4. To drink. Page, f. Page. Cha|pitre, m. Chapter. Paraitre, 4. To appear. Commencement, m. Pe- Plaisir, m. Pleasure. ginning. Quand, When. Courir, 2. To run. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 13 194 FASQUELLE's INTKODirCTORT Reconnaitre, 4. To ac- Trouver, 1. Tojin^, hnowUdge^ to recognize, Yendredi, ra. Friday, Seraaine, f. Week. Yerre, m. Glass, Surpri^, Surprised, Voir, 3. To see. Exercise 101. 1 Quand recutes-vous ce billet ? 2 Je le re^iis au commencement de la semaine derniere. 3 Nous re- sumes nos amis avec plaisir. 4 Nous liimes hier, une histoire instructive. 5 Nous courumes aussitot que nous les apergiimes. 6 Nous eumes beaucoup de plaisir quand nous les reconnumes. 7 Mon associe reconnut bientol son erreur et fut bien afflige. 8 Dimanche dernier il hit un chapitre de I'evangile. 9 Yous cnites nous trouver k la maison. 10 Nous criimes que vous etiez bien facbe. 11 Nous fumes bien aises de vous voir. 12 Nous reconnumes bientot nos amis. 13,11 but deux verres d'eali hier matin avant le dejeuner. 1'^ Nous n'eumes pas le temps de lire beaucoup I'annee derniere. 15 Mon frere parut bien afflige de votre maladie. 'l6 lis parurent bien aises de no*i8 voir* samedi dernier. 17 Yendredi il hit une page de son livre. 18 Nous fumes surpris de vous voir lundi. 19 Get homme mourut I'annee derniere. leasure, Ouvrage, m. Work. Detle, f. Debt, Partir, 2. 2h go away^ to Devoir, m. Duty, set out, Dix, Ten, Paye, Paid. Donner, 1. To give. Present, m. Present, Ecole, f. School, Qaand, When, Ecrit, Written. Reconnu, Recognised, Etudier, 1. To study, Reper^ci^^r, 1. To thank, Eu, Had, Sin^c^ri^te, f. Sincerity, Gate, Spoiled, Sortir, 2. To go out, # Exercise 103. 1 Nous eumes fini hier a dix heures. 2 Nous n'eutnes pas fini a temps. 3 Quand i'eus ecrit, ie jonai. 4 Votre sa3ur etudie ^aussi Dien que vous. 5 Elle est plus attentive a ses devoh's que vous. 6 Quand ^- — / -• / ■ — ' / > ^2 c^. C&^^-r^-^ -FRENCH COURSE. 199 lis eurent ote leur raanteau^ ils sortirent. ^ Quand il eut pave ses dettes, il partit. 8 Ils partirent quand ils eurent fini leur ouvrage. 9 Quand j'eus donne uu present a nion ami, il me remercia. 10 Aussit6t qu'il m'eut remercie, je partis. 11 J'eus moins de sincerite. 12 Nous euraes beaucoup plus de deplaisir. 13 Quand ils eur»»fe gate leurs habits, ils pleurereat, 14 Quand ils eurent assez pleure, ils etudiereet. 15 Aussit6t que p j'eus parle a son frere, je sortis, 16 Des que je I'eus \ r^ reconnu, je lui parlai. 17 Quand il eut appris sa lecon, iljoua.^18 Des qu'il eut joue, il dejeuna. 19 Quand — -il eut dejeune, ilalla a I'ecole. 20 IS^ous eumes fini a temps Iner, ^ y^^ ui^A^^; f^lX^h^^ 1 When he had studied his lesson, he went out. 2 Wlien we had finished we went away. 3 When they had studied enough (assez) ^ they breakfasted. 4 Is your coat betler' than mine ? 5 It is not better than yours., 6 Is your cloak handsqnier than your brother's? 7. It is handsomer than mybrother% 8 It is as good as my cousin's. 9 As soon as he had taken off his coat, he played. 10 As soon as he had played, he breakfasted. 11 As soon as he had played, he studied his lesson. 12 We went away when we had finished our work. 13 They wept when they had spoiled their coats. 14 We went out as soon as we had spoken to our brother. 15 When he had written his lesson, he played. 16 When we had breakfasted, we went to school. 17 I went away when ITbad thanked boa. 18 She plays less than her brother. 19 Her cousin 200 FASQUiy^E's INTKODUCTORT studies m^e than she. 20 I spoke to your father as soon as I had recognized him. 21 When he had spoken to me, he went away. 22 She is not more at- tentive than you. 23 Your cousin is more attentive to his duties. 24 Your sister does not study as well as you. 25 When we had written, we played. ^ LEgo:N^ LIY. LESSOIS^ LIY. THE FUTURE. — FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of the future of every verb in the French language are, rai^ ras^ ra^ rons^ rez, ro7it, 2. The future of the regular verbs of the first and second conjugations, may be formed from the infinitive by adding the above endings without the n 3. Future of Donner Je donne- Je fini- Tu donne- Tu fini- II donne- II fini- N'ous donne- Xous fini- Yous donne- Yous fini- Ils donne- Ils iini- [■ rai. (. ras. ( V ons. rez. AND FiNIR. J shall or will give, I shall or will finish. Thou shalt or wilt give. Thou shall or icilt finish. He shall or will give. He shall or iclll finish. We shall or will give. We shall or vxill finish. You shall or loill give. You shall or to ill finish. They shall or loill give. They shall or will finish. FEENCH COURSE. 201 4. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending in tir (Lesson 36), as also Couvrir, Decouvrir, Offrir, Ouvrir, Recueiller (Lesson 34), are regular in this tense, and conjugated like the above model. INFINITIVE. FUTURE. Sentir, to feel^ &c. Je sentirai, I shall feel, Sortir, to go out, Je sortirai, I shall go out, Offrir, to offer, J'offrirai, I shall offer, Couvrir, to cover, Je couvrirai, t shall cover, 5. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of ^ be- fore those endings. Cueillir, to gather, Je cueillerai, I shall gather, 6. AUer and Envoyer are irregular in their first part, but the endings are regular. Aller, to go, J'irai, I shall or will go. Envoyer, to send. J'enverrai, I shall or will send, 1. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir (Lesson 37), are only irregular in the first part ; their endings are regular. Venir, to come. Je viendrai, I shall come, Tenir, to hold. Je tiendrai, J shall hold. 8. In speaking of a future time, the French generally use the future where the present is often used in Enghsh. Quand vous viendrez ame- When you come (shall come) nez votre soeur. hring your sister. Model Sentences. Je vous donnerai un verre d'eau. IiuUl give you a glass of ivater. Nous vous preterons un fusil. We will lend you a gun. 9* / 202 pasquelle's intboductoey J'irai a New York demain. I shall go to New York to-morrow. Nous quitter ons New York We will leave New York Satur- samedL day. J'enverrai un cheval a mon I shall send a horse to my brother. fr^re. A Je lui enverrai un clieval. / shall send him a horse. Nous sortirons demain matin. We will go out to-morrow morn- ing. Yousnesortirezpasaujourd'hui. You will not go out to-day. Sa soeur cassera le miroir. His sister will hreah the mirror. Elle ne le cassera pas. She will not break it. Le marcliand gagnera beau- The merchant will gain much. coup. II nous offrira du fruit. He will offer us fruit II cueillera une belle rose. He tuill pick a beautiful rose. Yous ne finirez pas votre lettre. You will not finish your letter. Yous agirez bien envers lui. You will act well toward him. YOCABUT. ARY. Agir, 2. To act^ to behave. Envoyer, 1. To send. Aller, 1. To go. Fleur, f. Flower. An, m. Year. Heure, f. 0"^ clock., hour, Apporter, 1. To bring. ^ Jardin, m. Garden. Assiette, f. Plate. Londres, London. Aujourd'iuii, To-day., Meilleur, Better., Best, Bague, f. Bing. Offrix, 2. To offer, Bel, Handsome. , Oiseau, ni. Bird. Bonne heure (de), Early. Parler, 1. To speak. Casser, 1. To break. "* Partir, 2. To go., to set out, Cueillir, 2. To pick. * Peche, f. Peach, Dans, In. Quand, When. Demain, To-morrow. ' *. Quatre, f. Pour, J. .j^^^^- " .■ •:: y2:. FRENCH COURSE. 203 Quelle, % What^ which. Tard, Late. -^ Quitter, 1, To leave. Temps (a), In time. ^ Rester, 1. To remain. Yenir, 2. To come. Sortir, 2. To go out. Voiture, f. Carriage^ r. Exercise 105. V' . . . .^-^ 1 Je quitterai Paris dans un an. 2 Je ne resterai qu'un an a Londrcs. 3 IN'ous irons a Ann Arbor de- main. 4 Kotre ami nous enverra sa voiture. 5 A quelle heure I'enverra-t-il ? 6 II nous I'enverra de bonne heure. 7 Je sortirai demain a six heures. 8 Je partirai a quatre heures. 9 ISTous ne partirons pas tard. 10 Quand nous viendrons, nous lui parlerons. 11 ISTous vous donnerons le plus bel oiseau. 12 Xous vous apporterons une belle bague. 13 Eiles casseront nos meilleu.res assiettes. 14 !Rous vous ofFrirons les plus belles fleurs de notre jardin. 15 Nous sortirons quand vous viendrez. 16 N^ous agirons mieux au- jourd'hui. 17 Kous viendrons quand nous sortirons. 1 8 I^ous parlerons mieux dans quWque temps. 1 9 Xous offrirons une plus belle peche k notre mere. 20 Yous lui offrirez la meilleure que vous cueillerez. j , 1 I shall speak to the bird. 2 You will not give me a bird. 3 You will go to London to-day. 4 You will not break my plate. 5 You wdll offer me a plate. 6 We will offer a plate to our friend. 7 I shall finish my lesson early. 8 Shall I s^nd you my best ring ? 204 fasquklle's introductory 9 When you come you will bring your gold ring. 10 To-morrow, I will send you a beautiful flower. 11 You w;li come to-morrow morning at four o'clock. 12 We wld come early. 13 At what hour shall we come? 14 Will you offer me beautiful flowers? 15 We will give you the most beautiful flowers. 16 You will go out when I come. (Lit., shall come?) 17 Your sisters will speak better after (dans) some time. 18 We wfll go to New York to-day. 19 We will send you a fine peach. 20 We shall go out to- morrow morning. 21 The gardener will offer us fruit. 22 You will not break the looking-glass. 23 You will ofler a beautiful rose to your mother. 24 You will come in {dans) one year. 25 You will behave better to-morrow, di LEgON LY. LESSON LY. THE FUTURE, CONTINUED. — THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. To form the future of the regular verbs of the third and fourth conjugations, the terminations of the infinitive, oir and re, are dropped, and the terminations of the future substituted. INFINITIVE. FFTUEE. Recev-oir, to receive, Je rece v-rai, I shall receive, Vend-re, to sell, Je vend-rai, I shall sell, 2. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in uire^ aitre^ and iiidre^ are regular in this tense. Ji^'xyt^i .A'^^^^^ f^''-''- cy/ijc^. ^« ^7)^//// // /-^ 'l^kX^ CjCz-^yUTl.c<^c.tyi FRENCH COURSE. 205 3. Future of Recevoir, Yendre, Conduire, Con- NAiTRE, AND PeINDRE. Je recev- Je vend- Je condui- Je connait" Je peind- Tu recev- Tu vend- Tu condiii- Tu connait- Tu peind- II recev- II vend- II condui- II connait- II peind- Nous recev- Nous vend- Nous condui- Nous connait- Nous vend- Vous recev- Vous vend- Vous condui- Yous connait- Yous peind- 1 shall or will receive. I shall or will sell, rai. I shall or will conduct, I shall or will know, I shall or will paint. Thou shalt or wilt 7'eceive, Tliou shalt or wilt sell, ras. TIiou shalt or wilt conduct. Thou shalt or wilt hnow. Thou shalt or wilt paint. Tie shall or will receive. He shall or will sell, ra. He shall or will conduct. Tie shall or will know. He shall or will paint. We shall or will receive. We shall or loill sell, rons. We shall or will lead. We shall or will know. We shall or will paint, You shall or will receive. You shall or will sell, rez. You shall or will lead. You shall or unll knoio. You shall or will paint. 206 F A S Q U E L L E ' S INTRODUCTORY lis recev- Ils vend- Ils condui- Ils connait- Ils peind- TJiey shall or will receive* They shall or will sell. rout. They shall or will conduct. They shall or will know. They shall or loill paint. 4. The future of Avoir and Etre is irregular in the first part of the word, but regular in the ending. 5. Future of Avoir and Etre. J'au-rai. Tu au-ras. II au-ra. Nous au-rons. Yous au-rez. lis au-ront. Je se-rai. Tu se-ras. 11 se-ra. Nous se-rons. Yous se-rez. lis se-ront. I shall or will have. Thou shalt or wilt have. He shall or will have. We shall or will have. You shall or will have. They shall or will have, I shall or vnll he. Thou shall or vnlt he. He shall or will he. We shall or will he. You shall or will he, TJiey shall or will he. Model Sentences. Je les recevrai avec plaisir. I shall receive them witK pleasure. Vous recevrez vos freres cor- You will receive your brothers dialement. cordially. Nous ne les recevrons pas bien. We will not 7^eceive them well. Je connaitrai mon devoir. / shall know my duty. Nous reconnaitrons nos amis. We shall recognize our friends. Nous paraitrons satisfaits. We will appear satisfied. FRENCH COURSE. 207 Le teinturier teindra cette sole. Tlie dyer will dye this silk. Vous peindrez un beau tableau. You will paint a beautiful picture, Nous serons bien aises de vous We shall be very glad to see you. voir. Vous aurez beaucoup de plaisir. You will have much pleasure, Vous aurez tort, certainement. You will be wrong^ certainly. Votre soeur n'aura pas honte. Your sister will not be ashamed. J'aurai bieii froid ce soir. I shall be very cold, this evening, Est-ce que j'aurai trop chaud ? Shall I be too warm ? N aurai-je pas bien froid ? Shall I not be very cold ? Vocabulary. , Amitie, f. Friendsliip. Loj^r, ra. Rent, Apercevoir, 3. To perceive, Marcbe, m. Market, Attendre, 4. To wait for^ Oncle, m. Uncle, to expect, Paraitre, 4. To appear, -— Bibliotheque, f. Library . Question, f. Question, A^/^ Bientot, Soon, Kepandro, 4. To spill, ^ Chale, m. ISkaiol, Repondre, 4. To answer^ to \ChariTie, Delighted. reply, Concevoir, 3. To conceive, Rcconnaitre, 4. To recog- Oonnaissance, f. Acquaint- nize, Ciilp^ve, Gidtivated, [ance. Salle a manger, f. Dining - Ell ere, I, Ink, room, Espe ranee, f. Hope, Tante, f. Aunt. Facbe, Sorry., angry. Tapis, m. Carpet, Fein d re, 4. To pretend., to Teindre, 4. To dye, feign. Teinturier, in. Dyer. Gater, I. To spoil. Tort, m. Wrong, Libraire, m. Bookseller, Voir, 3, To see, / L .f/)^. s). 208 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY Exercise 107. 1 Vous apercevrsz vos connaissances. 2 Nous con- cevrons des esperances. 3 Nous ne recevrons pas notre lover. 4 Yotre libraire n'aura-t-il pas tort? 5 Notre tante nous reconnaitra bient6t. 6 Elle parai- tra charmee de nous voir. 7 Le teinturier ne teindra pas bien ce chale. 8 Elles feindront beaucoup d'amitio pour nous^ 9 Nous ne les conduirons pas au marche. M-^ IQ Est-ce que je les conduirai chez moi ou chez vous ? 11 Nous ne serons pas faches de tout cela. 12 Le jardin de notre oncle sera beaucoup plus grand que le mien. 13 II. sera beaucoup mieux cultive. 14 Ybus ne repondrez rien a ses questions. 15 Yous repondrez ^ ce monsieur que vous etes bien fache. 16 Yous ne repandrez pas I'encre sur le tapis. 17 Nos freres ne gateront pas leurs cbapeaux neufs. 18 Yous nous at- tendrez dans la salle a manger. 19 Nous vous atten- drons dans la bibliotheque ou dans le jardin. , E'X E R C I S E 108. 1 I shall receive a handsome shawl from (de) my mother. 2 "VYe shall jDerceive our uncle. 3 You will go to (the) market to-morrow. 4 We shall not answer w^ell. 5 We shall expect you to-morrow at four o'clock. 6 You will not spill the water on the carpet. 7 We shall be delighted to (de) see you. 8 You will be wrong to (d^) expect your cousin. 9 You will not be cold. (Lesson 20.) 10 We shall be very cold this evening. Ill shall reply to the lady that I am very FRENCH COURSE. 209 sorry. 12 We will conceive great (de grandes) hopes. 13 The dyer \vill not dye your shawl. 14 My brother will spoil his new c^at. 15 My cousin will wait for us in the dining-room. 16 You will wait for us in the library. 17 We will come soon. 18 JWe will soon go into {dans) the library. 19 We shall Know ^ir^ends again. 20 We shall know oiir brother. 21 My garden will be better cultivated than yours. 22 We shall be sorry for (de) that. 23 You will paint the best picture. 24 You will reply to my brother's questions. 25 We shall receive our rent to-morrow morning, u LEgON LYI. LESSON^ LYI. THE FUTURE ANTERIOR. AUTANT DE, AS MUCH, PLUS DE, MORE^ ETC. 1. The future anterior is composed of the future of the verbs Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the principal verb. 2. Future Anterior of Donner, Finir, Rece- VOIR, AND YeNDRE. J'aurai donnc. I shall or will have give^i, Tu auras fini. Thou shalt or wilt havejlnished, II aura requ. lie shall or will have received, I^ous aurons vendu. We shall or will have sold, Yous aurez donne. You shall or will have given, lis auront fini. They shall or will have finished, 14 t-'A./^^f /^. /^L-^ 210 PASQUELLE's INTBODtrCTOBT INTERROGATIVE FORM. Aiirai-je donne? or Est-ce que j'aurai donne ? Auras tu iini ? Aura-t-il requ ? Aurons-nous vendu ? Aurez-vous donne ? Auront-ils Iini ? Shall I have gwen f Shalt thou have finished ? Shall he have received ? Shall or will we have sold? Shall or will you have given f Shall they have finished ? Que de, As^ than. 3. AuTANT DE, As much^ as many. Plus de, More, Pas autant de, N'ot as much or > as many, MoiNS DE, Less^ fewer. The above words come almost always before a noun. Autant d'or que d'argent. As much gold as silver, J'aurai donne moins de I shall have given less paper papier que de carton. than pasteboard. Model Sentences. Demain, j'aurai quitte la ville. To-morrow^ I shall have left the city. Je n'aurai pas perdu mon temps. / shall not have lost my time. Vous n'aurez pas ete attentif. You will not have been attentive. Nous n'aurons pas eu trop We shall not have had too much d'orgueil. pride. Elle aura recu trop de lettres. She will have received too many letters. Yous aurez vendu trop cher. You luill have sold too dear. FRENCH COURSE. 211 EUes n'auront pas vendu k They will not have sold on credit credit. Vous aurez donne plus d'or que You will have given more gold d' argent. than silver, Elles auront lu moins de lettres. They will have read fewer letters, Sa soeur aura etudie moins de His sister will have studied fewer lecons. lessons. Elles auront eu autant de mo- ITiey will have had as much destie. modesty. Ce jeune homme aura eu autant This young man will have had as de courage que de modestie. much courage as modesty. II aura eu plus de vanite que He will have had more vanity de merite. than merit. Vocabulary. Annee, f. Year, Lu, Head, Attend u, Waited for^ ex- Mais, m. 3faize, corn, peeted. Meiileiir, JBetter^ best, Attendre, 4. To wait, Modestie, f. Modest]/, AutSLut, As inuch^ as many, Moins, JLess, Berger, m. Shepherd, Moitie, f. Half, Ble, m. Wheat. Montre, Shoion, Chagrin, m. Grief, Mouton, ra. Sheep, Dernain, To-morrow, Oi*, m. Gold, Demi, Half, Orge, f. Barley, Discours, m. Speech. Orgueil, m. Pride, Dit, Said. Plaisir, m. Pleasure, Ecrit, Written, Plus, More, En tend u. Heard, Page, f. Page, Laine, f. Wool, Quitte, Left, Longtenips, Long, Seigle, ra. Pye, Tt^*-t/^/ jUAy ^i^C- '' -e^ -^- ^f 212 fasquelle's intkoductory Theme, m. Exercise, Trop, Too much, --^ Tondu, ShoTJi, Yendu, Sold, Tout, All, Verite, f. Truth, - EXEECISE 109. 1 Aurai-je attendu trop longtemps ? 2 Yous n'aurez pas attendu le berger une demi-heure. 3 Aurons-nous entendu tout le discours ? 4 Yous en aurez entendu la moitie. 5 Yous n'aurez pas dit toute la verite. 6 Aurons-nous autant de ble que de seigie cette annee ? ^ Yous aurez plus d'orge que de mais. 8 Nous aurons eu beaucoup moins de chagrin que de plaisir. 9 Ces demoiselles auront montre plus d'orgueil que de modestie. 10 Auront-elles parle mieux que leurs amies ? 11 Elles auront parle beaucoup mieux qu'elles. 12 Le berger n'aura-t-il pas tondu tons ses moutons ? 13 II aura tondu ses moutons et vendu sa laine. 14 Demain matin j'aurai quitte voire maison. 15 N'aurai-je pas 6crit plus de themes que vous? 16 Yous en aurez ecrit moins. 17 N^ous n'aurons pas, lu une demi— page. 18 II aura apporte moins d'or que d'argent. 19 Est- ce que j'aurai offense votre p5re ? 20 Aurai-je offense mon meilleur ami ? ^4X Exercise 110. 1 We shall have had more wheat than barley. 2 You shall have had less rye than wheat. 3 We shall have shorn our sheep. 4 My sisters have shown more pride than modesty. 5 You will have read more than your ,^ 't^.c:7^ c rf.- -y^ FRENCH C0UR14F. 213 ^riend. 6 His friend will have written more exercises. V We shall have sold all our corn. 8 They will have heard half his discourse (}he half of his discmcrse). 9 The shepherd will not have told all the truth. 10 We shall have had more pleasure than grief. ] 1 The shepherds will have shorn all their shee^^^^^i^^ will not have sold all (t^icte) their wool. ^JH^HHl^BI^ they will have left our house. 14 Shall we have heard your father? 15 We shall have heard him. 16 We shall not have waited too long. 17 You will have written two letters. 18 The gentleman will not have left London. 19 Yoa will have read my book. 20 You will not have spoken better than I (moi), 21 The shepherd will have had (eic) more wool. 22 They will not have waited too long. 23 You wdll have brought more gold'than silver. 24 They will have heard their best friend. 25 We will not have offended our father, 9/^ LEgON LYII. LESSO]^ LYII. THE CONDITIONAL. FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATION. 1. The endings of the conditional of every French verb are, rais^ rais, rait, ri07is, riez, raie?it, 2. The conditional may be formed from the future by putting, instead of the terminations a^, as, a, ons, ez, ont, those of the imperfect of the indicative, ais, aiSy ait, ions, iez, aient. 214 fASQUELLE'S INTKODUCTORT 1st Conj. Donner, 2d Conj. Finir, 3d Conj. Recevoir, 4 til Conj. Yendre, Je donner-ai, Je finir-ai, Je recevr-ai, Je vendr-ai, CONDITIONAL. Je donner-ais. Je finir- ais. Je recevr-ais. Je vendr-ais. 3. The conditional of verbs of the first and second conjugations, may also be formed, by adding the ter- minations of the imperfect of the indicative, to the in- finitive of the verb.* INFINITIVE. CONDITIONAL. 1st Conj. Donner, to give, Je donner-ais, I should give, 2d Conj. Finir, to finish, Je finii'-ais, I should finish, 4, IiTegular verbs ending in tir are regular in this tense, as are also Offrir, Couvrir, Ouvrir, ifec. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of i before r in this tense as in the future. (Lesson 34.) 5. CoNDITIOISrAL OF DONNEK, FlNIR, SeNTIR, OuVRIR, Ais^D Cueillir. I should, could, or would give. I should, could, or would finish. I should, could, or would feel. I should, could, or would open. I should, could, or would gather. TIiou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst give. Thou shouldst, couldst, or tvoixldst finish. Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst feel. Tliou shouldst, couldst, or woiddst open. Tfiou shouldst, coiddst, or woiddst gather. Je donne- Je fini- Je senti- J'ouvri- Je cueille- Tu donne- Tu fini- Tu senti- Tu ouvri- Tu cueille- y rais. Except AUer, to go, Envoyer, to send, and verbs ending in enir. FRENCH COURSE. 215 H donne- II fini- II senti- II ouvri- II cueille- Nous donne- Nous fini- Nous send- Nous ouvri- Nous cueille- Yous donne- Yous fini- Yous senti- Yous ouvri- Yous cueille- Ils donne- lis fini- Ils senti- Ils ouvri- Ils cueille- He shouldj could^ or would give. He should^ could^ or would finish, ^ rait. He should^ could, or would feel. He should, could, or would open. He should, could, or would gather. We should, could, or would give. We should, could, or would finish. I. We should^ could, or would feel. We should, could, or would open. We should, could, or would gather. You would, could, or should give. You would, could, or should finish. ), riez. You would, could, or should feel. You would, could, or should open. You would, couldj or should gather. They would, could, or should give. They would^ could, or should finish. raient. They would, could, or should feel. They would, could, or should open. TJiey wouldj could, or should gather. 5. In Aller, to go., Envoy er, to send., as also in verbs of the second conjugation ending in enir., the first part of the verb is changed, but the terminations are like the above. INFINITIVE. CONDITIONAL. Aller, to go. Envoy er, to send. Yenir, to come. Tenir, to hold. J'i-rais, T should go. J'enver-rais, I should send. Je viend-rais, J should come. Je tiend-rais, I should hold. 216 fasquelle's »introductort ^ '^^^ ^^''^^M; O D E L SeNTEN CES. Je donnerais du fil au tailleur. / would give thread to the tailor, Yous fmiriez cette page. You would finish that page. ".' Nous ne sentirions pas le froid. We should not feel the cold. lis ouvriraient les portes. They ivould open the doors. II cueillerait de belles fleurs. He would pick beautiful fiowers. Nous irions a I'ecole. We would go to school. Ma Boeur enverrait son domes- My sister would send her servant. tique. Yous viendriez a. trois heures. You would come at three o'cloch JN"ous tiendrions le cheval. We would hold the horse. Est-ce que je parlerais bien ? Should I speak well f Yous offririez de la viande. You woidd offer meat. ISTous n'ouvririons pas le tiroir. We should not open the draiver. Nous couvririons les fleurs. We should cover the flowers. / Vous iriez chez votre ami. You would go to y oar friend^ s. V:^c >. - Vocabulary. ^^'^ Acier, m. Steel. Maintenir, 2. To maintain, Aiijourd'hui, To-day, Mieux, Better, Ce que, That which^ xoliat. Monsieur, m. Gentleman, Q\\Qz.,Atovtothehouseof, Olfre, f. Offer, Commode, f. Bureau.^ OjDinion, f. Opi7iion, drawers, Ouvrir, 2. To open. Ell vers. Towards, Peine, f. Trouble, Fenetre, f. Window, Polir, 2. To polish, Fer, m. Iron, Pour, For, \_ally. Fruit, m. Fruity PonGjtu,elle^ent, Punctu^ Gazette, f. Paper.^ Neios- Porte, f. Door, paper, Rqfu^ser, 1. To refuse, Logement, m. Lodging, Serrurier, m. Locksmith, FRENCH COURSE. 217 Table, f. JBoard, ^ Tort, Wro7ig. Temps, in. Time. " ' To uj ours, Always, 'f>r^0^f^. To hold J "^ /^^^Tout, All. Tiroir, m. Drawer. J^YisLude^ f. Meat /yv^h^ rr: T^jf-Y^&^i^ k c i s e HI. 1 Je lui parlerais, si j 'avals le temps. 2 Le serrurier polirait le fer et I'acier. 3 Vous ouvririez les portes et les fenetres. 4 ISTous viendrions ponctuellement. 5 lis lie viendraient pas cliez nous. 6 Vous viendriez chez ce monsieur. 7 I!s nous enverraient la gazette d'au- jourd'hui. 8 Yous ne cueilleriez pas tout mon fruit. 9 N'ous ne tiendrions pas ce livre. 10 Yous ne lui offririez rien pour sa peine^ 11 Ne lui offririez-vous pns la table et le logement? 12 I*Tous n'ouvririonspas tons les tiroirs de cette commode. 13 Est-ce que je tiendrais le cheval de mon cousin ? 14 Yous ne sentiriez pas tons vos torts en vers lui. 15 Yous ne maintieii- driezpas toujours votre opinion. 16 N'ous vous oiFririons toujours, tout ce que nous avons. 17 Est-ce que je pai'lerais beaucoup mieux ? 18 IsTous leur oftririons du pain et de la viande. 19 Nous refuserions leurs offres. Exercise 112. 1 Would you speak to him ? 2 We would not speak to bim. 3 I would not give him the fruit. 4 The locksmith would not polish the iron, he would polish the steel. 5 We would offer you bread aqd meat. 6 We would not open that drawer. 7 Your locksmith would open all the drawers. 8 He Avould give ma 10 (a- /t t^^^:f-^ ' 218 fasquelle's introduotoet board and lodging. 9 I should hold my cousin's horse. 10 We should open the door ; we should not open the window. 11 I WQul(l not maintain my opinion. 12 We should feel our wrong towards you.. 13 I should speak much better. 14 They would not come to our house to-day. 15 I should send you to-day's newspaper. 16 The gentleman would ec)me punctually. 17 She would offer us all (that) she has. 18 We would offer you all (that) we liave. 19 You would pick fine fruit. 20 We should not refuse your offer. 21 We should refuse his offer. 22 You would come in tjme. 23 He would polish the steel. 24 We should open your door. ^ ^ 25 We should not give you the trouble. Gx^ ^^ ^ LEgO]^ LYIII. LESSON THE CONDITIONAL, CONTINUED. THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. What has been said in the last lesson (Rule 2) with regard to forming the conditional from the future, applies also, as the examples will show, to these two conjugations. 2. In order to form the conditional of the third and fourth conjugations from the infinitive, the endings of the infinitive must be displaced, and those of the con- ditional (rais^ rais^ rait^ rio?is, riez^ raient) substituted. INFINITIVE. CONDITIONAL. 3d Conj. Recev-oir. J e veceY-yais, Tshoicid receive. 4th Conj. Yend-re. Je vend-rais, I should sell. FRENCH COURSE. 219 3. This rule will also apply to those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in uire^ aitre, and indre, (Lessons 40, 41, 42.) 4. Conditional of Recevoie, Vendre, Conduire, C^nnaItre, and Peindre. Je recev- Je vend- Je condui- Je connait- Je peind- Tu recev- Tu vend- Tu condui- Tu connatt- Tu peiad- II recev- II vend- II condui- U connait- 11 peind- N"ous recev- Nous vend- Nous condui- NoLis connait- K"ous peind- Vou3 recev- Yous vend- Vous condui- Vous connait- Vous peind- / should^ couldj or would receive. IsJiouldj could, or would sell. ais. / should, could, or would conduct. I should, could, or would know. I should, could, or would paint. Tliou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst receive. Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst sell, y rais. Tliou shouldst, coiddst,ovivoiddst conduct. Thou shouldst, coiddst, or ivouldd hrtoio. Thow shouldst, couldst, or wouldst paint He should, could, or would receive. He should, could, or would sell. ^ rait. He should, could, or woidd conduct. He should, could, or would know. He should, could, or would paint. We should, coidd, or woidd receive. We should, could, or would sell y rions. We should, could, or would conduct. We should J could, or woidd know. We should, could, or would paint. You would, should, or could receive. You would, shoidd, or could sell. >. riez. You would, should, or could conduct. You would, should, or coidd know. You would, should, or could paint. ^20 fasquelle's introductory lis recev- ^ They would ^ could, or should receive, lis vend- They would, could, or should sell. lis condui- y raient. They would, could, or should conduct. lis connait- 2%ey would, could, or should know. lis peind- J They would, could, or should paint. 5. The conditional of Avoir, to have^ and Etre, to be, has the same irregularities in the first part of the word as the futures. 6. Conditional of Avoir and Etre. J'aurais. I should have, Tu aurais. Thou wouldst have, 11 aurait. lie would have. Nous aurions. We should have. Vous auriez. You would have. lis auraient. They woidd have. Je serais. I should be. Tu serais. Thou woiddst be. 11 serai t. lie would be. I^ous serious. We should be. Yous seriez. You woidd be. lis seraient. They would be. Model Sentences. Je recevrais des oranges. / shoidd receive oranges. Nous devrions beaucoup. We should owe much. Yous apercevriez votre faute. You would perceive your fault Vous perdriez I'estime de votre You luould lose your brother's frere. esteem. Us vendraient a perte. Tliey would sell at a loss. E^t-ce que je r^pondrais bien? Should I answer well? FRENCH COURSE. 221 II conduirait ces enfants a He would take those children to I'eglise. church. Nous conna I trions no tre devoir. We should know our duty. 'JS3 ous peindrions un grand We should paint a large picture. tableau. Nous craindrions leur colore. We would fear their anger. Ma soeur aurait bien tort.* My sister would he very wrong. Nous serions extremement We should he extremely sorry. faclies. J'en serais bien aise. I should he very glad of it Je n'aurais pas raison. I should not he right. Ma soeur aurait tort. My sister would he wrong. Y O C ABUL ART. Aise, Glad, Apercevoir, 3. To perceive, Chambre, f. Room. Credit (a), On credit. Dame. f. Lady. Devoir, 3. To oioe. Dollar, m. Dollar. Etudier, 1. To study. Fapil, LEgOl^ LX. LESSOK LX. THE IMPERATIVE. THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 1. The imperative has no first person in the singular. 2. The terminations of the other persons, in the first conjugation, are the same as those of the present of the indicative, with the exception of the second person. FRENCH COURSE. 229 "which, in the imperative, has no s. The endings are, e, 6, ons^ ez, ent, 3. Present of the Imperative of Donner, to givjb, Donn-e. Give or give thou. Qu'il donn-e. Let him give. Donn-ons. Let us give, Donn-ez. Give or give ye, Qa'ils donn-ent. Let them give, 4. In the other conjugations, the endings are the same as in the present of the indicative, with the ex- ception of the third ^Qv^on singular. 2d Conj. z5, isse^ issons^ issez^ issent, 3d Conj. 02*5, oive^ evons^ evez^ oivent, 4th Conj. ds^ de^ dons^ dez^ dent, 5 Imperative of Finir, Recevoir, and Yendrk. Fin-is, Rec-ois, Yen-ds, Finish (thou). Receive (thou). Sell (thou). Qu'il fin-isse, Qu'il reg-oive, Qu'il ven-de, Let him finish. Let him receive. Let him sell. Fin-issons, Rec-evons, Yen-dons, Let us finish. Let us receive. Let us sell. Fin-issez, Rec-evez, Yen-dez, Finish {you or ye). Receive (you or ye) . iSell (you ov ye). Qu'il s fin-issent, Qu'ils reg-oivent, Qu'ils ven-dent, Let them finish. Let them receive. Let them sell, 6. Negative Form of the Imperative. Ne donne pas. Do not give. Qu'il ne finisse pas. Let him notJi7iish, Ne recevons pas. Let us not receive. 230 pasquelle's intb oditctoby Xe vendez pas. Do 7iot sell, Qu'iis ne donnent pas. Let them not give. Model Sentences. Donnez ce beau cheval. Give that beautiful horse, Qu'il parle a son ancien ami. Let him speak to his old friend. Ne pretons pas notre argent. Let us not lend our money. Finissez aussitot que possible. Finish as soon as possible. Ne recevez pas sa lettre. Do not receive his letter. Qu'iis vendent meilleur marche. Let them sell cheaper. Vendez toutes vos marchan- Sell all your goods. dises. Agissez bien envers lui. Act well towards him. Agissons toujours bien. Let us always behave well. Cherissez toujours vos parents. Always cherish your parents. Qu'iis finissent bientot. Let them finish soon. Ne donnons pas cette belle Let u^ not give that beautiful peche. peach. Mangez un morceau de pain. Uat a piece of bread. Apportez ce livre, demain Bring that book to-morrow morn- matin. ing. Ne perdez pas patience, Do not lose patience. 4 YOCABULARY. Acier, m. Steel. Avertir, 2. To warn.^ to in- Admirer, 1. To admire. form. Adoucir, 2. To soften^ to Bonte, f. Kindness. alleviate. Comnienc'er, 1. To com.- Agir, 2. To act., to behave. mence. Arrivee, f. Arrival. Ecolier, m. Scholar, ) FRENCH COURSE. 231 Effete, m. pi., Things, ,~ Oiseau, m. Bird. Envers, Toioards. Pauvre, m. Poor man. Garder, 1. To keep, Perdre, 4. To lose. gateau, ra. Cake, Preter, 1. To lend, S^jtJeros, in. Hero, Pri*, m. Price. Jleu^-eux, Happy, Punir, 2. To punish. Just^, Rights correct, Repandrq, To spill. Louer, 1. To praise, Rendre, To render^ to re- Meriter, 1. To deserve, turn,^^ Mesdemoiselles, Young Reputation, f. JReputatio7i, ladies. Tapis, m. Carpet. Mis^(e, f. Misery. Ternir, 2. To tarnish. Monde (tout le), Every Theme, m. Exercise. body. Tuer, 1. To kill, it Exercise 117. 1 Donnez du gateau a ces enfants. 2 Donnez une plume d'acier a cette petite fille. 3 N^e louez pas ce petit gar^on, il ne le merite pas. 4 Gardez le livre que je vous ai prete. 5 Mesdemoiselles, commencez votre theme. 6 Ne tuez pas ce pauvre oiseau. 7 N'admi- rons pas ce heros.f 8 ISTe punissons pas ces ecoliers, ils sont attentifs. 9 Qu'il avertisse son pere de notre ar- rivee. 10 Adoucissez la misere du pauvre. 11 Ne ternissez pas la re[)utation de vos parents. 12 Qu'il regoive toiijours ses amis avec bonte. 13 Vendons toujours k juste prix. 14 Agissons toujours bien \ The li is aspirated. 232 fasquelle's introductokt envers tout le moncle. 15 Rendons toujonrs nos pa- rents heureux. 16 I^^e repandons pas I'encre sur lo tapis. 17 N"e perdez pas vos effets, et les effets de votre soeur. j^^^ c Xf7 ^ - Exercise 118. 1 Praise that good girl, she deserves it. 2 Give that good steel pen and keep the pencil. 3 Do not keep the steel pen. 4 Do not keep the book which I have given you. 5 Do not punish that little girl. 6 Let us receive our friends kindly (with kindness). V Act always well towards your friends. 8 Young ladies, finish your exercise. 9 Sell always at a just price. 10 Do not kill those poor birds. 11 Let him not tarnish his father's reputation. 12 Let us pity the poor man's misery. 13 Admire those heroes.* 14 Al- leviate their misery. 15 Act always well towards every body. 16 Render your parents happy. 17 Do not lose your things. 18 Let us not spill the ink upon the table. 19 Punish your scholars, they are not atten- tive. 20 Let us commence our exercises. 21 Let us inform our father of our friend's arrival. 22 Inform my mother of their arrival. 23 Keep the cake wdiich your mother has given you. 24 Behave well towards him (}ui), / * The li is aspirated. The s of ces is therefore not carried to the next word. FRENCH COUESE. 233 LEgON LXI. LESSON^ LXI. THE IMPERATIVE, CONTINUED. IRREGULAR VERBS. 1. The verb Aller, to go^ is irregular in this tense ; the second person singular, however, is like the third person singular of the present of the indicative, and the first and second persons plural are like the correspond- ing persons of that tense. 2. Imperative of Aller, to go^ Affirmatively AND Negatively. Ya. Go thou, Qu'il aille. Let him go. Aliens.* JLet us go, Allez. Go {ye), Qu'ils aillent. Let them go. Ne va pas. JDo not go. Qu'il n'aille pas. Let him not go, N'allons pas. Let us not go, N'allez pas. L>o not go, Qu'ils n'aillent pas. Let them not go, 3. Couvrir, Cueillir, Offrir, &c., (Lesson 34, R. 4.) although belonging to the second conjugation, take, in the imperative, the regular endings of the^r^^. * AUons is used as an interjection, and is then rendered in English by Come! Allons I mes amis, a rouvrago 1 Gome^ my friends, to work/ fasqtjblle's inteoductoey IMPERATIVE. Couvrir, to cover, Couvre, Cover thou. Cueillir, to gather, Cueille, Gather thou, Offrir, to offer, OfFre, Offer thou, 4. Those verbs of the second conjugation, which end in ^^>and^^^^V, (Lessons 36 and 37), and those of the fourth, ending in uire^ aitre^ and indre^ (Lessons 40, 41, and 42,) are also like the present of the indicative, except in the third person singular. THIRD PERSON OF IMPERATIVE. Sentir, to feel. Qu'il sente. Let hhnfeel. Venir, to come, Qu'il vienne, Let him come. Conduire, to conduct. Qu'il conduise, Let him conduct, Connaitre, to Jcnoio, Qu'il connaisse, Let him know, Peindre, to paint, Qu'il peigne. Let him paint, 5. The imperative of Avoir and Etke is quite ir- regular. Aie, Have thou, Sois, Be thou, Qu'il ait. Let him have, Qu'il soit, Let him he, Ayons, Let us have, Soyons, Let us be, Ayez, Have {ye), Soyez, JBe {ye), Qu'ils aient, Ijet them have, Qu'ils soient, Let them be. Model Sentences. Allons a Paris, demain matin. Let us go to Paris to-morrow morning. Qu'ils aillent a I'ecole de bonne Let them go to scJiool early. heure. Allons ! mes enf^-nts, etudiez Come I my children^ study your votre le§on. lesson. FRENCH COURSE. 235 N'allez pas au marche aujour- d'hui. Ne cueillez pas cette pomme. N'ouvrez pas la fenetre. Offrez cette fleur a votre amie. Fermez cette porte bien vite. Venez a deux heures. Ne venez pas trop tard. Qu'ils viennent avant trois heures. Conduisez ce pauvre aveugle. Ne paraissez pas afflige. Ne craignons pas nos amis. N'ayez pas peui-f de ce chien. Soyons contents de notre sort. Do not go to market to-day. Do not pick that apple. Do not open the windoiu. Offer that flower to your friend. Shut that door very quickly. Come at two o'clock. Do not come too late. Let them come hefore three o^ clock. Lead that poor blind man. Do not appear grieved. Let us not fear our friends. Do not he afraid of that dog. Let us he satisfied with our lot. Vocabulary. Animal, m. Animal. Chat, m. Cat. Commission, f. Errand. Conduite, f. Conduct. Contre, Against^ loith, Craindre, 4. To fear. Defendre, 4. To defend. Desespoir, m. Despair. Desirer, 1. To wish^ to de- sire. Ecole, f. School. Eglise, f. Church. Fache, Angry .^ sorry. Gater, 1. To spoil. "* General, m. General, *Hache, f. Axe. *Honte, f. Shanie^ ashamed. Jours (to us les), Every day, Malade, iSick. Mechant, C7'oss. Morceau, m. Piece. Oublier, 1. To forget. Pom me, f. Apple. Pear, f. Fear^ afraid. \ See Lesson 20. 236 fasquelle's introduotoet Plaindre, 4. To pity. Toucher, 1. To touch, ^ Quelques, A few. Trop, Too muc\ too many. Reduire, 4. To reduce. ' Vieille, Old woman. Tard, Late. Yite, Quich^ quickly. Temps (a), In time. Voir, 3. To see. Exercise lly. / 1 Allez chez ce monsieur, il desh-e vous voir. 2 N'allez pas a I'ecole ce matin, vous etes malade. 3 Allons! mes amis, cueillez quelques pommes. 4 ]^e soyez pas fache si nous venons trop tard. 5 ^NT'ayez pas peur,* mon enfant, le chat n'est pas mechant. 6 I^e touchons pas la hache, nous la gaterions. 7 N^'ofFrez pas de pain a cet enfant. 8 OfFrez un morceau de viande a ce monsieur. 9 N'ayez pas honte de votre conduite. 10 Qu'elles viennent a huit heures. 11 N'e conduisez pas ce gar^on chez le general. 12 Plaignez cette pauvre vieille. 13 Ne craignez pas tons les animaux. 14 N'oubliez pas ma commission. 15 Ne soyons pas faches contre elle. 16 ]S[e reduisons pas nos parents au desespoir. 17 Defendonstoujoursnosamis. 18 Yenez toujours a temps. 19 Ne venez jamais trop tard. 20 Qu'ils aillent a I'eglise tous les jours. ^ Exercise 120. Vt -V/ 1 Come to my house in time. 2 Do not go to your brother's. 3 Go to her house, she wishes to see you. * See Lesson 20. / X^-Cy<^'f FRENCH COURSE. 237 4 Come, young ladies, pick some flowers. 5 Come at eight o'clock. 6 Let us not be afraid of the dog. V Do not be afraid of the horse, my child. 8 Do not touch the cat, he is cross. 9 Let us go to church this morning. 10 Let us pick a^.few apples in the garden. ILDo not be angry with^ that little girl, she is not cross. /1 2 Let him not reduce (drive) his parents to despair. 13 Let us not fear that man. 14 Defend always your friends, my child. 15 Let us not come too late. 16 Go to school to-day at eight o'clock. 17 Conduct our friend to the general's. 18 Offer a piece of bread to that child. 19 Do not spoil the axe. 20 Go to church every day. 21 Lead that poor old — -^ man to your house. 22 Do not be angry with us. 23 Go to my father's, he wishes (to) speak to you. 24 Let us pity the poor old woman. 25 Do not forget our errand, ^u / y j^ t u. LEgOIsr LXII. LESSON LXII. PLACE OP PRONOUNS WITH THE IMPERATIVE. 1. We have seen. Lesson 43, that certain personal pronouns are placed before the verb. 2. "When, however, the verb is in the second person of the singular, or in the first or second person of the plural of the Imperative not conjugated negatively^ those pronouns come after the verb; two of them, me and TE, however, are changed into moi and toi. We will here repeat the list. 238 pasquelle's intkopuctoey Moi, Jie, to me, Toi, Thee^ to thee, Le, IIwi,^ it^ masculine. La, Her,, it^ in the feminine. Lui, To him,, to her, Nous, Us,, to us, Yous, You, to you, Les, Them, ) ^ , . ^ T m .7 V toi" l^otn genders. Leur, To them, J ° En, Of it, of them, some, any, Y, To it, to them, there, at that place. Donnez-moi du lait, Give me some milk, Parlez-lui cordialement, Speak to him cordially, Conduisez-le chez son frere. Take him to his brother^ s, Donnez-en, Give some of it, Allez-y, Go there, 3. With those persons of the Imperative used affir- mativeby, the pronoun representing the object comes before that representing the person. Donnez-le-moi, Give it to me, Conduisez-le-lui, Take him to him,, 4. JEn and Y, however, follow the other pronouns. Donnez-lui-en, Give him some. Conduisez-1'y, Take him there, 5. With those persons of the Imperative used nega^ tively, and with the third person of the singular and plural, the pronouns precede the verb according to Lessons 43 and 44. FRENCH COURSE. 239 "Ne 1e lui donnez pas, ^e lui parlez pas, Xe lui en donnez pas, Qu'il lui parle, Qu'il ne lui parle pas. Do not give it to him. Do not speak to him. Do not give him, any. Let him, speaJc to him. Let him not speak to him.. Model Sentences. Prete^-moi de I'argent. Ne me pretez pas d'argent. Yenclez-nous cette maison. Ne nous vendez pas cette maison. Yendez-la-lui. Ne la lui vendez pas. Eacontez-nous cette aventure. Ne nous la racontez pas. Eacontez-nous-la. Conduiscz-nous dans la biblio- theque. Ne les y conduisez pas. Conduisez-nous-y. Envoyez-leur de belles psches. Envoyez-leur-en. Ne leur en envoyez pas. Lend me some money. Do not lend me any money. Sell us that house. Do not sell us that house. Sell it to him. Do not sell it to him. Relate that adventure to us. Do not relate it to us. Relate it to us. Take us into the library. Do not take them there. Take us there. Send them (some) beautiful Send them some. Do not send them any. Vocabulary. Accepter, 1. To accept. Acheter, 1. To bug. Aimer, 1. To like^ to love, Aise, Glad, Araitie, f. Friendship, Attentivement, Attentively. Autrui, Others, Bientot, Soon, 240 pasquelle's intboductoey Bijou, m. Jewel, Offrir, 2. To offer, Caclier, 1. To conceal, Orfevre, m. Goldsmith, Chercher, 1. To seek. Papier, m. Paper, Conduire, 4. To conduct^ Preter, 1. To lend, to lead^ to take, Propre, Own, Defendre, 4. To defend, Punir, 2, To punish, Demander, 1. To ask, Quand, When, Desirer, 1. To wish, Raconter, 1. To relate. Envoy er, 1. To send. Refuser, 1. To refuse, Faute, f. Fault, Rien du tout, Nothing at Feuille, f. Sheet, all, Fran^ais, m. French, Sinc^rement, Sincerely, Histoire, f. History, Toujours, Always, Lettre, f. Letter, Tout, All, Meriter, I. To deserve, Y, There, % Exercise 121. 1 Donnez-leur tout ce qu'ils demandent. 2 N'e leur refusez rien du tout. 3 Ne le cherchez pas ce matin, il n'est pas chez lui. 4 Offrez-lui votre amitie, il I'acceptera. 5 Ne la lui offrez pas, il ne I'acceptera pas. 6 Conduisez-nous chez I'orfevre, nous desirous acheter des bijoux. 7 Conduisez-nous-y bientot. 8 Xe nous punissez pas pour les fautes d'autrui. 9 Punissez-nous pour nos propres fautes. 10 IN'e leur cachez pas tou- jours vos fautes. 11 Ne les leur cachez pas, ils vous aiment sincerement. 12 Defendez-les toujours, ils meritent votre amitie. 13 fitudiez le fran^ais, etudiez- le attentivement. 14 Ne leur envoyez pas cette lettre cette semaine. 15 Envoyez-la-leur quand ils seront c.^vu;af^ \ FRENCH COURSE. 241 (Lesson 54, Rule 8,) a la maison. 16 Pretez-moi une feuille de papier. 17 Pr^tez-m'eii une. 18 Ne m'en pretez pas. 19 Ne me racontez pas cette liistoire. 20 Racontez-la-leur, ils seront bien aises. ji Exercise VA4i% 1 Give them those jewels. 2 Do not give those jewels to the goldsmith. 3 Give them to me. 4 Do not give them to hiip. 5 Accept all that he offers you. 6 Offer them those jewels,, do not offer them to me. 7 Do not punish them, punish us. 8 Punish them for their own faults. 9 Do not defend them, they*do not deserve your friendship. 10 Send them that letter. 11 Send it to them this week. 12 Do not lend them those jewels. 13 Let us study French {le frangais)^ let us study it attentively. 14 Do not lend them a sheet of paper. 15 Take us to the book- seller {lihraire)^ we wish to buy some paper. 16 Do not take the child to the goldsmith. 17 Do not punish them. 18 Punish him, do not punish her. 19 Relate that story to us. 20 Relate it to him. 21 Do not relate it to them. 22 Do not offer him your friend- ship. 23 Send it to them when they are at home. {See JVo, 15 of the exercise above.) 24 Offer her that jewel, she will accept it. 25 Offer it to her. 26 Do not offer it to her. (^ ^^ —{y^'^'-^^^rJlQ 242 pasqttelle's INTRODU CTOT? y LEgo:tT LXIII. LESSON^ LXIII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIKST AND FOUETH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The endings of all the French verbs in this tense are, 6, es, e, io?is^ iez^ ent, 2. These terminations, it will be noticed, are like those of the present of the indicative of the first conju- gation, with the exception of Xh^ first and second per- sons of the plural, which take i before ons^ ez, 3. In the second conjugation, the above endings are, in the regular verbs, preceded by iss, 4. In tlie regular verbs of the third conjugation, they are preceded by oi in the singular, and in one person of the plural. For those two conjugations, see the next Lesson. 5. Present of the Supjunctive of Donner, to GIYE^ YeNDRE, to SELL^ SeNTIR, TO FEEL^ OffRIR, TO OFFER ^ AND CuEILLIR, TO GATHER, Que je donn- Que je vend- Que je sent- Que j'offr- Que je cueill- Que tu donn- Que tu vend- Que tu sent- Que tu ofi*r- Que tu cueill- es. That I may give. That I may sell. That I m^ay feel. That I m>ay offer. That I may gather. That thou mayest give. That thou mayest sell. That thou m.ay est feel. That thou mayest offer. That thou m,ayest gather. <5C^ IA^/^C<^ FRENCH COURSE, 243 Qu'il donn- Qa'il vend- Qu'il sent- Qu'il offr- Qa'il cueill- Que nous donn- Que nous vend- Que nous sent- Que nous ofFr- Qaenous cueill- Que vous donn- Que vous vend- Que vous sent- Que vous offi*- Que vous cueill- Qu'ils donn- Qu'ils vend- Qu'ils sent- Qu'ils oiFr- Qu'ils cueill- That he may give. That he may sell, e. That he may feel That he may offer. That he 'may gather. Tliat we may give. That we tnay sell. ions. That we m.ay feel. That we may offer. That vne may gather. That you may give. That you may sell. iez. That you rnay feel. That you m^ay offer. That you may gather. That they may give. That they may sell. ' ent. That they may feel. That they may offer. That they may gather* 6. The student will perceive by the above models that Sentir, and the other verbs of the second conjuga- tion, ending in tir (Lesson 36), and also Ouvrir, Couvnr, OfFrir, Cueillir (Lesson 34), are conjugated in this tense hke the verbs of the first conjugation. v. Verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir^ also take the above endings, but vary in the first part ^44 FA 6QFT5T.T,e's INTKODUCTOET of the word ; this is the case Hkewise with those verbs of the fourth conjugation ending in iiire and indre. Venir, to come. Que je vienn-e, That I may come. Con^mvQ^ to conduct. Que jo conduis-e, That I may conduct. Peindre, to paint. Quejepeign-e, That I m,ay paint. 8. Aller, to go^ is also irregular in the first part of the word, but regular in termination. 9. Present of Subjunctive of Aller, to go. Que j'aille. Que tu allies. Qu'il aille. Que nous allions. Que vous alUez. Qu'ils aillent. That I may go. That thou may est go. That he 7nay go. That we m.ay go. That you m^ay go. That they 7nay go. Model Sentences. Que je vous donne du papier. Qu'il etudie ses lemons. Qu'il m'offre son amitie. That I may give you paper. That he may study his lessons. That he may offer me his friend- Je desire qu'il vienne. Je souhaite que vous alliez a Tecole. Que vous peigniez un portrait. Que nous allions en Angleterre. Qu'elle cueille une belle fleur. Que nous ouvrions cette porte. Qu'elle arrive au point du jour. I wish that he may come. I wish that you may go to school. That you may paint a portrait. That ive may go to England. TJiat she Tnay pich a leautiful flower. Thai we may open that door. That she may arrive at dayhreak. FKENCH COURSE. 245 Qu'il sente ses torts. That he may feel his errors. Que vous mangiez un morceau. That you may eat a hit. Vocabulary. Allemagne, f. German^/. Aller, 1. To go. Angleterre, f. Migland. Annee, f. Year. A temps, Jn time. Aussi, Also. Chez, At or to the house of^ Coucher, m. Setting. Craindre, 4. To fear. Cueillir, 2. To pick. Cultiver, 1. To cultivate. Dire, 4. To say^ to telL Ecole, f. School. Erreur, f. Mistake, Faire, 4. To make. Desirer, 1. To wish. Ici, Here. Jardinier, m. Gardeyier. Jour, Day. Legume, m. Vegetable. Lever, m. Rise^ rising. Litterature, f. Literature. Matin, m. Morning, Officier, m. Officer, Offrir, 2. To offer, Oavrir, 2. To open. Parent, Helation. Parole, f. Word, Porte, f. Door. Prodiiire, 4. To produce. Prune, f. Plum. Rester, 1. To remain. Rue, f. Street. Service, m. Service, Soleil, m. Sun. Souhaiter, 1 . To wish* Sortir, 2. To go out. Tardy Late. Tenir, To keep, Toujours, Always, Tout, Every., all. Verite, f. Truth, Exercise 123. 1 Je souhaite que vous veniez a temps. 2 Qu'elle aille a I'ecole tousles jours. 3 Que nous leur donnions 246 fasqfelle's introductory tout ce qu'ils desirent. 4 Que vous les conduisiez cliez leurs parents. 5 Qu'ils ne craignent jamais de dire la verite. 6 Que nous craignions de taire des erreurs. ^ Que notre jardinier cueille toujours les plus belles prunes. 8 Que nous tenions toujours notre parole. 9 Que I'officier tienne toujours sa parole. 10 Je sou- liaite que vous alliez en Angleterre cette annee, car j'y serai aussi. 11 Que je leur offre mes serviee?^. 12 Que je ne leur ouvre pas la porte de la rue. 13 Que son jardin produise toujours de bons legumes. 14 Que nous cultivions toujours la litterature. 15 Que nous allions chez votre frere tons les matins. 16 Qu'ils partent au lever du soleil. 17 Qu'elles restent jusqu'au coucher du soleil. 18 Que nous ne sortions pas trop tard. 19 Nous desirons que votre sa3ur aille en AUe- magne. 20 Yotre mere desire qu'elle reste ici. Exercise 124. 1 You wish that I may give you paper. 2 They wish that I may go to (e/i) Germany. 3 We wish that she may go to school every day. 4 You wish that she may come every day. 5 That you may always culti- vate literature. 6 I wish that you may always keep your word. 7 I wish that the officer may always keep his word. 8 That you may go to your brother's eveiy day. 9 That you may come here every morning. 10 I wish that you may fear the officer. 11 That the gardener may open the door. 12 That the gardener may come at sunrise. 13 I wish that he may come before {avant) sunset. 14 I wish that you may offer FRENCH COUESE. 247 them your services. 15 That you may not open the Btreet door to them. 16 You wish that our gardener may pick the plums. 17 You wish that we may go to the gardener's every morning. 18 I wish that they may set out at sunrise. 19 I wdsh that you may cul- tivate literature. 20 I wish that they may go to England this year. 21 That you may not go out too late. 22 That you may remain until sunset. 23 I wish that you may fear to make mistakes. 24 You wish that my sister may go to Germany. 25 That I may offer you my word. 26 That the gardener may cultivate vegetables^ / ^ ' LEgo:^ LXIY. LESSON LXIY. THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATIONS. 1. As we have said in the last lesson, the termina- tions of the present of the subjunctive of regular verbs of the second conjugation are, in the present of the subjunctive, preceded by iss. They are then isse^ isses^ isse^ issions^ issiez^ issent, 2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in aitre or oitre^ have the same endings. Such verbs, however, retain the a or o of the first part of the word. 248 pasquhlle's intbodfctoet 3. Present of the Subjunctive of Finir, to FimSH^ CoNNAtTRE, TO KNOW^ AND CroItRE, TO GROW. Que je fin- Que je conna- Que je cro- Que tu fin- Que tu conna- Que tu cro- Qu'il fin- Qu'il conna- Qu'il cro- Que nous fin- Que nous conna- Que nous cro- Que vous iin- Que vous conna- Que vous cro- Qu'ils iin- Qii'ils conna Qu'ils cro- That I may finish. isse. That I may Jcnow, That I may grow. That thou m^ay est finish, isses. That thou may est know. That thou m^ayest grow. TJiat he may finish. isse. That he may know. That he may grow. That vje may finish. issioiis. That we may know. That %oe may grow. That you may finish. issiez. That you rndy know. That you may grow. That they m^ay finish. issent. That they may know. That they may grow. 4. The regular verbs of the third conjugation take^ as will be seen in the last lesson, olv in the three per- sons of the singular and the third person plural before the endings of this tense ; these terminations become then, oive^ oives^ oive, evio7is, eviez^ oivent. The c takes a cedilla ( g ) before o. FRENCH COUESE. 249 5. Subjunctive of Recevotr, to receive. Que je reg-oive. Que tu re^-oives. Qu'il req-oive. » Que nous rec-evions. Que vous rec-eviez. Q'.i'ils re^-oivent. That 1 7nay receive. That thou mayest receive. That he may receive. That toe may receive. That you may receive. That they may receive. 6. This tense, in the verbs Avoir and Etre, is quite irregular. 7. Subjunctive of Avoir, to have^ and Etre, to be. Que j'aie. Que tu aies. Qu'il ait. Que nous ayons. Que vous ayez. Qu'il s aient. Que jo sois. Que tu sois. Qu'il soit. Que nous soyons. Que vous soyez. Qu'ils soient. lYiat I may have. That thoit mayest have. That lie niay have. T/iat we may have. That you may have. That they may have. That I may he. That thou mayest be. That he may be. That y)e may be. That you inay be. That they may be. Model Sentences. Je desire que vous agissiez bien. / wish that you may behave loell. Qu'il fiaisse de bonne heure. That he may finish early. Qu'elle soit bien attentive. Timt she may he very attentive. • 11* 250 fasqtjelle's introductory Que nous soyons bien studieux. Que nous le recevions bien. Que nous ayons de I'amitie pour lui. Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs. Qu'ils reconnaissent leurs amis. Que nous n' ayons pas tort. Que vous ayez toujours raison. Je souhaite que ces arbres crois- sent bien. Que nous soyons toujours heureux. Qu'ils soient toujours trop tard. That we may he very studious. That we may receive him well. That we may have friendship for him. That you may know your duties. That they may recognize their friends. That we may not he wrong. That you may always he right. I wish that those trees may grow well. That we may always he happy. TJiat they may always he too late. Vocabulary. Agir, 2. To act^ to behave. Amitie, f. Frie^idship. Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Beaucoup, Much., many. Candeur, f. Candor. Con ce voir, 3. To conceive. Connaitre, 4. To know. Content, Contented. Cordial em ent, Cordially. Croitre, 4. To grow. Dame, f. Lady. Defaut, m. Defect. Desirer, J. To desire. Devoir, 3. To owe. Devoir, m. Duty. Ecolier, m. Scholar. El eve, m. Pupil. Envers, Towards. Espe ranee, f. Hope. Estime, f. Esteem. Grand, Great., large. Ici, Here. Jamais, Never. Legume, m. Vegetable. Montrer, To show. Paraitre, 4. To appear. Ponctuel, Punctual. Precepteur, m. Teacher. Prospere, Prosperous. Rapidement, Papidly. FRENCH COURSE. 25l Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- Souhaiter, 1. To wish. nize^ to acJcnoioledge, Studieux, Studious, Remplir, 2. To fulfill Tard, Late, Rester, 1. To remain, Toujours, Always, Exercise 125. 1 Que nous concevions de grandes esperances. 2 Nous desirous que vous restiez toujours ici. 3 Que nos el^ves soient toujours attentifs. 4 Que ces daraes soient toujours ponctuelles. 5 Que vous ayez toujours raison, et jamais tort. 6 Que vous montriez toujours beaucoup d'amitie pour nous. 7 Qu'ils agissent tou- jours avec caudeur. 8 Que vous conceviez beaucoup d'estime pourlui. 9 Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs. 10 Que mes entants reraplissent toujours leurs devoirs. 11 Que nous ne devious pas beaucoup. 12 Qu'ils aper^oivent la maison de leur frere. 13 Que nous ne reconnaissions pas nos amis. 14 Je souhaite que vous soyez toujours prosp^res. 15 Que ces legumes ne crois- sent pas trop rapidement. 16 Que nos ecoliers soient bieu studieux. 17 Qu'ils agissent toujours cordiale- ment envers leurs precepteurs. 18 Que vous n'ayez pas toujours tort. 19 Que nous connaissions nos de- fauts. 20 Que vous paraissiez toujours content. / Exercise 126. cLixjp^^.*^- 1 I wish that you may conceive much friendship for him. 2 That your brother may not conceive great 252 PASQirSLLE'a I>TTS DUG TORT hopes. 3 That you may always be punctual. 4 That your friend may always be prosperous. 5 That he may know his duties. 6 That your pupils may always be studious. 7 I wish that your trees may always grow well {hien), 8 That you may recognize your friends. 9 That the vegetables may not grow too rapidly. 10 I wish that you may receive your friends cordially. 11 That those scholars may always fulfill their duties. 12 That you may perceive my house. 13 That the scholars may perceive my friendship. 14 That I may not always be wrong. 15 That you may always act cordially towards me. 16 That he may conceive much esteem for me. 17 I wish thjtt you may always be punctual. 18 That you might know your defects. 19 That the lady may always fulfill her duties. 20 I wish that the child may grow rapidly. 21 That you may recognize your friends. 22 That they may not remain here. 23 That you may not owe much. 24 That my children may have much esteem for (pour) their teacher. 25 That they may always appear con- tented. '^ M^ f *^f. LEgON LXY. LESSON LXV, THE PAST OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. ENCORE, NE PLUS. 1. The past of the subjunctive is composed of the present of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre. and the past participle of the principal verb. peench course. 253 2. Past of the Subjunctive of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and Vendre. Que j'aie donne. That I may have given. Que tu aies fini. That thou mayest have finished. Qu'il ait regu. That he may have received. Que nous ayons vendu. That we may have sold. Que vous ayez douiie. That you m.ay have given. Qu'ils aient fini. That they m^ay have finished, NEGATIVE FORM. Que je n'aie pas donne. That I may not have given. Que tu n'aies pas fini. That thou mayest not have finished. Qu'il n'ait pas re^u. That he m.ay not have received. Que nous n'ayons pas That we may not have sold. vendu. Que vous n'ayez pas That you m^ay not have given. donne. Qu'ils n'aient pas fini. That they may not have finished. 3. Encore, more^ some more^ any more^ yet^ is not used negatively, except in speak-ing of time, as in the last example. J'ai encore de I'argent, I have more mo7iey. Vous avez encore deslivres, You have more hooks, II n'a pas encore fini sa lie has not yet finished his le^on, lesson. 4. Ne plus, not any more., no more., not any — left. Vous n'avez plus de papier, You have no more paper. Nous n'avons plus d' en ere, We have not any ink left. 254 fasquelle's introductory Model Sentences. Que j'aie parli fran§ais.* That I may have spoken M^ench. Qu'il ait parle anglais. lliat he may have spoken English. Que vous ayez etudie I'alle- That you may have studied Ger^ mand. man. Qu'ils aient rtpandu le cafe. Ihat they may have spilled the coffee. Qu'ils nous aient rendu nos That they may have returned our habits. clothes to us. Que vous ayez attendu votre That you may have expected your p^re. father. Qu'ils aient balaye la maison. That they may have swept the house. Que nous ayons encore du drap. Tliat we may have more cloth. Que nous en ayons encore. That we may have more. Que nous n'en ayons plus. That we may have no more. Que sa soeur ait rcQU une lettre. Tliat his sister may have received a letter. Qu'elle ait visits le jardin. That she may have visited the garden. Que nous ayons encore du papier. That we may have more paper. Que nous en ayons encore. Tliat we may have more. Que nous n'en ayons plus. That we may have no more. Vocabulary. Affable, Affable, Bon, Good. Appris, Learned. Cache, Concealed. Attendu, Expected. Garotte, f. Carrot. Avantageusement, Advan- Chou, m. Cabbage, tageously. Coramis, m. Clerk, * For the use of capitals, see " Larger Co'irse." page 461. FRENCH COURSE. 255 Conduit e, f. Conduct. ISTavet, m. Turnip. Correctement, Correctly, Kouvelle, News, Craint, Feared. Obtenii, Obtained. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Parle, Spoken. Domestique, m. and f. Ser- Place, f. Situation. vant. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. Douceur, f. Mildness. Plus, 3Iore^ JVo more. Encore, More^ yet^ still. Pois, m. Pea. >-)te, Been. Rave, f. Radish. Eu, Had. Sole, f. Silk. Famille, f. Family. Teint, Dyed. *Honte, f. Shame. Teinturier, Dyer. Langae, f. Language. Traite, Treated. Loup, m. W^olf. Yendn, Sold. Marchandise, f. Merchan- Yerite, f. Truth. dise. Exercise 127. 1 Que nous ayons parle correctement. 2 Que ses fr^res aient eu beaucoup de plaisir. 3 Je souhaite qu'ils aient vendu leurs mar chan discs avantageusement. 4 Qu'ils aient obtenu une bonne maison. 5 Que son commis ait obtenu une bonne place. 6 Qu'il ait traite ses domestiques avec douceur. 7 Que votre ami ait requ de bonne nouvelles de sa famille. 8 Qu'il n'ait pas eu lionte de sa conduite. 9 Que cette demoiselle ait etc bien affable. 10 Que vous ne m'ayez pas cache la verite. 11 Que le teinturier ait teint beaucoup de sole. 12 Que ces messieurs aient appris la langue frangaise. 13 Que nous n'ayons pas attendu notre pere. "^o'o fasquelle's ii^trodtjctoey 14 Que vous n'ayez pas craint le loup. 15|^'avez-^ vous plus de legumes ? 16 Oui, madame, j'eil ai encore,4- j'ai encore des carottes, des navets et des raves. 1 7 Le jardinier n'a plus de choux. 18 II a encore des pois. 19 Nous en avous encore. 20 L'aiit re jardinier n' en a plus. *^ -'aji^ Exercise 128. ' 1 That you may have been affable. 2 I wish that his friend may have received good news?^, 3 That you may have treated your family with mildness. 4 I wish that you may not have concealed the truth. 5 That those young ladies may have learned the French lan- guage. 6 That those young ladies may have been very affable. 7 That he may have expected his sister. 8 That he may not have feared the wolf. • 9 I Avish that the gardener may have more vegetables. 10 The gardener has no more vegetables. 11 He has no more turnips. 12 He has more carrots and peas. 13 We have moive^ 14 W.e have myiiiore. 15 That they may have spoken correctly. 16 That you may not have sold your merchandise advantageously. 17 That the clerk may have received good news from his family. 18 That he may have obtained a good situation. 19 That the dyer may have dyed much. 20 That you may have learned the French language. 21 That ray sister may have expected me. 22 That I may have expected my brother. 23 That you may have obtained a good house. 24 That you may have spoken the French language correctly. 25 That he may not have spoken correctly. ,jj^^ ^j^^ _ ^ U-t C^u. v^jM. '^^ ^'^- ^^Oc-^^ ^Cc-^- FRENCH C0U:RSE. 257 LEgOE^ LXYI. LESSOIST LXVI. THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST CON- JUGATION. 1. The endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive of all the French verbs are, sse^ sseSy t^ ssio?is^ ssieZy ssent. The vowel preceding the t of the third person singular has always a circumflex accent {dt^ it, ut). 2. In the first conjugation, those endings are preceded by an a, and become asse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent. 3. Every verb of the first conjugation is regular in this tense. 4. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Donner, to GIVE, Aller, to go, and Envoyer, to send. Que je donn- Que j'all- Que j'envoy- Que tu donn- Que tu all- Quc tu envoy- Qu'il donn- Qu'il all- Qu'il envoy- Que nous donn- Que nous all- Que nous envoy- ■ asses. • at. • assions. That I might give. That I might go. That I might send. That thou mightest give. That thou mightest go. That thou mightest send. That he might give. That he might go. That he might send. That we might give. That we might go. That we might send. 258 FASQUELLE's INTBODUCTOJaY Que vous donn- ) That you might give. Que vous all- >• assiez. That you might go. Que vous envoy- ) That you might send, Qu'ils donn- ^ That they m^ight give, Qu'ils all- >• assent. That they m^ight go, Qu'ils envoy- ) That they m^ight send, NEGATIVE FORM OF DONNEK. Que je ne donnasse pas. That I might not give. Que tu ne donnasses pas. That thou m,ightest not give, Qu'il ne donnat pas. That he might not give. Que nous ne donnassions pas. That we might not give. Que vous ne donnassiez pas. That you might not give, Qu'ils ne donnassent pas. That they might not give. Model Sextekces. Yous desiriez que je vous You luished that I might speak to parlasse. you. Que vous allassiez a la ville. J'hat you might go to the city. Que j'envoyasse une tulipe a That I might send a tulip to my ma sceur. sister. Que vous ne donnassiez pas un That you might not give an abricot au petit garcon. apricot to the little hoy. Qu'ils achetassent un beau That they might buy a heautiful cheval. horse. Qu'il chassat toute la journee. That he might hunt the whole day. Qu'il nous apporta.t la gazette. That he might bring us the news- paper. Que I'ecolier ne decliirat pas Tliat the scholar might not tear son livre. his booh FRENCH COUKSE. 259 Que Yous taillassiez votre That you might mend your crayon. pencil. Que nous allassions a I'eglise. Tliat we might go to church. Que nous etudiassions notre TJiat we might study our lesson, lecon. Que son cousin etudiat This- That his cousin might study his^ toire. iory. Y O C ABUL AR Y. Acheter, 1. To buy. Algebre, f. Algebra, Aller, 1. To go, Ameiier, 1. To bring. An, m. Year, ,. (k Caliier, m. Copy -booh, Chez, At or to the house of, Connaissance, f. Acquaint- ance, Correctement, Correctly, Dans, In, Dechirer, 1. To tear. Demoiselle, f. Young lady, Desirer, 1. To desire, Dix, Ten, Douceur, f. Mildness.^ kind- ness, Drap, m. Cloth, Ecolier, m. Scholar, E^pagnol, in. Spaniard, fitudier, 1. To study. Gens, People, Geometrie, f. Geometry, Gibier, m. Game, Heure, f. Hour, Italien, Italian, Jeune, Young, Maitre, m. Teacher, Marcher, 1. To walk, Matn^matiques, f. pi., Ma-^ thematics, Medecin, m. Physician, Meilleur, Better. Mener, 1. To take^ to lead. Monsieur, m. Gentle7nan, Plume, f. PeJi. Precepteur, m. Teacher. Rester, ] . To reinain, Rien, Nothing. Tailler, 1. To mend. Traiter, 1. To treat, Yille, f. City, d^ 260 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 129. 1 Je desirais que vous m'envoyassiez du gibier. 2 Que mon amie les traitat bien. 3 Que nous trai- tassions nos enfants avec douceur. 4 Qu'ils allassent cliez leur precepteur. 5 Que vous nous ameuassiez vos meilleurs amis. 6 Qu'il nous amenat ses connais- sances. 7 Que notre maitre taillat une plume. 8 Qu'il nienat son cousin cbez nous. 9 Que nous n'allassions pas chez ce monsieur. 10 Que les ecoliers ne decbi- rassent pas leurs cabiers. 11 Que nous etudiassions I'algebre. 12 Que ces jeunes gens etudiassent les mathematiques. 13 Que notre soeur etudiat la geo- metric. 14 Que ces demoiselles parlassent correct e- ment Titalien. 15 Que je ne parlasse pas Tespagnol. 16 Que vous restassiez plus de dix ans dans cette ville. 17 Notre medecin desirait que nous marcbassions deux beures. 18 Qu'il acbetat beaucoup de drap. 19 Que vous n'acbetassiez rien. V, EXEKCISE 130. 1 You would wisb (Conditional, Lesson 57) tbat I migbt send you a copy-book. 2 Tbat we migbt send you game. 3 That my brotber migbt send you clotb. 4 Tbat you migbt send me tbose young people. 5 Tbat I migbt take my children to (chez) my acquaint- ance's. 6 Tbat tbe physician's children migbt study (tbe) mathematics. 7 That tbose TOI^^o people migbt study algebra- 8 I should wisK tiiat tbose young ladies might speak correctly. 9 That we migbt take FRENCH COURSE. 261 our cousin to your house. 10 That the physician might speak Spanish. 11 That the teacher might mend , my pen. 12 The physician desir^i that you should_ ^ ^ ^walk one hour. 13 That you might not ^o to that gentleman. 14 That the young lady might not tear her copy-book. 15 That your acquaintance might bring you to your cousin's. 16 That I might speak Spanish correctly. 17 That the teacher might remain at your house. 18 That he might buy cloth. 19 That he might take his cousin to our house. 20 That the phy- sician might buy the best cloth. 21 That we might desire to speak to you. 22 That he might wish to see me {me voir). 23 That we might wish to see your sister. 24 That you might treat us with [avec) kind- ness. 25 That he might treat us with kindness. ^ J, yyci/^ l/lft~ LEgON LXYII. LESSOX LXYII. THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunc- tive, in tlie second and fourth conjugations, take i be- fore the endings given in the first rule of the last lesson, and become isse^ isses, it^ issions^ issiez, isse?it, 2. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Finir and Yendre. Que je fin- ). That I inight finish. Y Que je vend- j * T/ tat I might sell. FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY isses. Que tu fin- Que tu vend- Qu'il fin- Qu'il vend- Que nous fin- Que nous vend Que vous fin- ) . . ^ , I issiez. yue vous vend- j Qu'ils fin- Qu'ils vend- issions. \' issent. That thou mightest finish. That thou mightest sell. That he Tnight finish. That he might sell. That we might finish. That we ynight sell. That you m,ight finish. That you might sell. That they might finish. That they might sell. 3. Cueillir, OfFrir, and those irregular verbs of the second conjugation named in Rule 4 of Lesson 34, take the above regular terminations ; so do also the verbs of the second conjugation ending in tir^ such as Sentir^ Partir^ &c. Lesson 36, Rule 1. Que je cueill- ' Que j'ofFr- Que je sent- Que je part- isse. That 1 might gather. That I might offer. That I might feel. That I might set out. 4. Li those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in uire and indre (Lessons 40 and 42), the ^ above endings are used ; the first part of the word, however, is a little changed. 5. Imperfect of the Subjunctive op Conduirb AND Peindre. Que je conduis- | . That I might conduct. Quejepeign- [ '^ * That I might paint. FRENCH COURSE. 263 isses. Que tu conduis- Que tu peign- Qu'il conduis- Qii'il peign- Que nous conduis- Que nous peign- Que vous conduis- Que vous peign- Qu'ils conduis- ) . ^ ,., . Ussent. CJu'ils peign- ) \ l issi i issi issions. That thou mightest conduct That thou mightest paint. That he might conduct. That he might paint. That we might conduct. That we m>ight paint. That you m,ight conduct. That you m,ight paint. That they m.ight conduct. That they might paint. 6. In Yenir, to come^ and those verbs of the second conjugation ending in enir (Lesson 37), n is put after v^ the i of the above endings, and the e oi enir dropped. 7. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Yenir, COME. TO Que je v-insse. Que tu v-insses. Qu'il v-int. Que nous v-inssions. Que vous v-inssiez. Qu'ils v-inssent. Tliat I m,ight come. That thou mightest come. That he might come. That we might come. That you might come. That they might come. Model Sentences. Yous desireriez que jo finisse You would wish that I might mon travail. finish (or me to finish) my work. Que je vendisse la maison. That I might sell the house. Quevotre frererendit justice a 2^nat your brother might do (lit., ses ennemis. render) justice to his enemies. .264 fasqctelle's introductory Que le professeur vint toujours That the professor might always LL temps. come in time. Que nous agissions toujours bien. That we might always behave well. Que je lui ojQfrisse mon amitie. Tliat I might offer him my friend^ ship. Que nous partissions de bonne That we might go away early, heure. Que vous cueillissiez de belles Tliat you might pick heautiful roses. roses. Que nous ne le conduisissions That we might not lead him. pas. Que vous ne detruisissiez pas ITiat you might not destroy your vos habits. clothes. Qu'ils ne peignissent pas bien. That they might not paint well. Qu'ils craignissent leurs parents. That they might fear their parents. Vocabulary. Affaire, f. Affair. Delai, m. Delay. Agir, 2. To ac% to behave. Desirer, 1. To lolsh. Amitie, f. Friendship. Detruire, 4. To destroy. Bean, bel, Fine^ handsome. Edifice, m. Edifice. Blame, m. Blame. Esperance, f. Hope. Bonne heure (de), Farly. Faveur, f. Favor, Chez, At or to the house of. Fleur, f. Floxoer. Condiiire, 4. To conduct.^ Jamais, Never. to lead. Jar din, ra. Garden. Constriii] e, 4. To construct. Maison, f. House. Craindre, 4. To fear. Marchandise, f. Merchant Cueillir, 2. To gather^ to dise. pick, Offiir, 2. To offer. FRENCH COURSE. 265 Ouvrir, 2. To open, Sentir, 2. To feel. Partir, 2. To go away^ to Sortir, 2. To go out, set out, Souhaiter, 1. To wish^ to Peindre, To paint. desire. Plus tot, Sooner. Tard, Late. Porte, f. Door. Tot, Soon. Possible, Possible. Trop, Tbo, too much^ too Professeur, m. Professor. many. Repondre, 4. To reply. Yendre, 4. To sell. Sans, Without, Yenir, 2. To come. Exercise 131. 1 Yous souhaitiez que je vinsse chez vous. 2 Youa desiriez que je vous vendisse cette maison. 3 Que ces jeunes gens peignissent bien. 4 Qu'ils ne craignissent pas le blame. 5 Qu'ils conduisissent bien leurs affaires. 6 Que nous sortissions le plus tot possible. 7 Que ces messieurs partissent sans delai. 8 Qu'ils detruisissent ces belles esperances. 9 Que nous construisissions un bel edifice. 10 Je souhaiterais que vous agissiez tou- jours bien. 11 Que nous ne vinssions jamais trop tard. 12 Que vous sentissiez ces faveurs. 13 Que je n'offrisse pas mon amitie. 14 Qu'il nous offrit ses services. 15 Que nous cueillissions les plus belles fleurs de votre jardin. 16 Que nous lui offrissions ces belles marcbandises. 17 Que nous lui ouvrissions la porte. 18 Que le professeur vint toujours chez nous. 19 Qu'il vint de bonne heure. 20 Qu'ils vinssent toujours trop tard. 21 Qu'ils ropondissent a notre lettre. 12 266 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 132. 1 You wished that we might go out early. 2 Those gentlemen wished that we might set out late. 3 That you might reply to our letter. 4 That you might build (construct) a beautiful house. 5 That our friend might always act well. 6 I wished that you might set out without delay. 7 That you might not fear my friendship. 8 That you might always come to our house. 9 That you. might feel my friendship. 10 That you, might never cgiye loo late to our house. 11 That weTmght offer him our friendship. 12 That the gentle- men might offer us their services. 13 That the pro- fessor might not come to our house. 14 That you might .feel your friend's favors. 15 That you might pick tf^ ni^st beautiful flowers. 16 That he might pick the beautiful roses (ro565). 17 That they might not destroy my liope^. 18 That you might destroy that merchandise. 19 That my friend might come without delay. 20 That they might not fear his favors. 21 Tliat they might sell their merchandise. 22 That you might not go away too soon. 23 That they might not come too late. 24 That you might come to my house. 25 That they might come to the physician's. LEgON LXYIII. LESSON LXYIII. THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. THIRD CONJUGATION. 1. The general terminations of the imperfect of the subjunctive in the third conjugation, are preceded FRENCH COURSE. 267 by 11^ and become usse^ usses, ut^ ussions^ ussiez, iissent. 2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in aitre and oitre^ take in this tense, as in the past definite, the terminations of the third conju- gation. 3. Imperfect op the Subjunctive of Recevoir, TO RECEIVE^ AND CoNNaItRE, TO KJ^OW. Que je reg- Que je conn- Que tu reg- Que tu conn> Qu'il reg- Qu'il conn- Que nous reg- Que nous conu- Que vous rec- Qiie vous conn- Qu'ils reg- Qu'ils conn- usses. ut. ussions. ussiez. ussent. That I might receive. That I might know. That thoic inightest receive. That thou mightest know. That he anight 7-eceive. That he might knoio. That loe might receive. That we might knoio. That yoit r)iight receive. That you might know. That they might receive. That they q night know. • 4. Those irregular verbs of the second and fourth conjugations which take the endings of the past definite of the third conjugation, take also the endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive of the same. Courir, to run. Que je cour-usse, That I might run. Mourir, to die. Que je mour-usse, That I m.ight die. 268 F A S Q U E L X :«'3 I IT r B O D U C I O R Y Boire, to drink. Que je b-usse, That I might drinh, Croire, to believe. Que je er-usse, That I might believe. Lire, to read. Que je 1-usse, That I might read. Vldhe^ to please. Que je pl-usse, That I might please, 5. Avoir and Etre have also the above terminations, but are irregular in the first part of the word. 6. Imperfect of the HAVE^ AND Etre, to be. Que j'eusse. Que tu eusses. Qu'il eut. Que nous eussions. Que vous eussiez. Qu'ils eussent. Que je fusse. Que tu fusses. Qu'il flit. Que nous fussions. Que vous fussiez. Qu'ils fussent. Subjunctive of Avoir, to That I might have. That thou mightest have. That he might have. That we might have. That you might have. That they might have. That 1 7nlght be. That thou mightest be. That he might be. TJiat loe tnight be. That you might be. That they might be. Model Sentences. Je desirais que vous connussiez / wished that you might know vos devoirs. your duties. Que vous re^ussiez mes amis. That youmightreceive my friends. Qu'il apergiit la colline de sa Tliat he might perceive the hill maison, from his house. Que je courusse plus vite que Tliat I might run quicker than mon fr^re. my brother. w.y FRENCH COURSE. 269 Que je busse trop d'eau. Qu'il crut tout le monde. Que nous bussions une tasse de the. Que nous n'eussions pas ton- jours tort. Que vous fussiez tres diligente. Qu'ils n'eussent jamais raison. Qu'ils parussent toujours con- tents. Qu'ils lussent ce livre attentive- ment. That I might drinh too much water. That he might believe every body. That we might drink a cup of tea. That we might not always he wrong. That you might he very diligent. That they might never he right. That they might always appear contented. That they might read that hook attentively. Vocabulary. Affahilite, f. Affability, Apercevoir, 3. To perceive, Avec, With, Bean CO up, Much, Boire, 4. To drbik, Convaincu, Convinced. Courir, 2. To run, D'abord, At first, Dans, In, Decevoir, 3. To deceive, Desirer, 1. To desire. Diligent, Diligent, Ean, f. ^YaUr, Erreur, f. Error, Fatigue, Tired, Fille, Girl, Homme, m. Man, *Honte, f. Shame^ ashamed. Jamais, Never, Jeune, Young, Lire, 4. To read, Mieux, Better. Pai-aitre, 4. To appear. Petit, Little. Peur, f. Fear., afraid. Plus, More, Raison, f. Reason^ right, Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- nize, Soubaiter, 1. To wish. Tort, m. Wrong, Tout a fait, Quite, Trop, Too., too much, m _^ Vite, Quick,, quickly, t;^^*^'' 2^0 FA ^quelle' S INTRODUCTORY Exercise 133. 1 Que je reconnusse la petite fille. 2 Que son frere ne la reconniit pas d'abord. 3 Qu'il ne parilt pas tout a fait convaincu. 4 Qu'ils ne nous aper^ussent pas. 5 Que vous aper^ussiez votre erreur. 6 Que vous ne lussiez jDas mes lettres. 7 Que je busse trop d'eau. 8 Que je ne courusse pas toujours dans le jardin. 9 Que la petite fille counit trop vite. 10 Que nous ne fussions jamais fatigues. 11 Que vous ne nous regussiez pas avec aifabilite. 12 Que le jeune homme degut les amis de son frere. 13 ISTous desirerions que vous fussiez beaucoup plus diligents. 14 I^ous sou- haiterions que vous nous re9ussiez mieux. 15 Que nous n'eussions jamais tort. 16 Que vous eussiez toujours raison. 17 Que vos freres n'eussent ni honte ni peur. Exercise 134. 1 That we might know our duties. 2 That you might receive your friends with affability. 3 That your brother might appear quite convinced. 4 That I might never be tired. 5 That you might never de- ceive the young man. 6 That the young man might never deceive his brother. 7 That I might drink water. 8 That we might not drink too much water. 9 That we might not run too fast. 10 That you might not be too tired. 11 That the little girl might run in the garden. 12 He wishes that we might be more diligent. 13 We would wish that he might be more diligent. 14 That he might recognize us at first. FRENCH COURSE. 271 15 We would wish that you might perceive your error. 16 We would wish that you might receive him well. 17 That you might never be wrong. 18 That I might always be right. 19 That you might be neither ashamed nor afraid. 20 That you might be convinced. 21 That he might be diligent. 22 That the little girl might not run fast. 23 That you might not run too fast. 24 That you might recognize me at first. 25 That you might not recognize him. 26 That we might not read his letters. JL LEgON^ LXIX. LESSOIsT LXIX. THE PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 1. The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed of the imperfect of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre and the past participle of the principal verb. 2. Pluperfect of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and Yendre. Que j'eusse donne. That I might have given. Que tu eusses fini. That thou mightest have finished, Qu'il exit recu. That he might have received. Que nous eussions vendu. That we might have sold. Que vous eussiez donne. That you might have given, Qu'ils eussent fini. That they might have fin> ished. ZiZ FASQUELLES I N T R U D U r 7 D K. ^ NEGATIVE FOKM. Que je n'eusse pas donne. That J might not have give^i. Que til n'eusses pas fini. That thou mightest not have finished, Qu'il n'eiU pas requ. That he might not have re- ceived. Que nous n'eussions pas That v^em^ight not have sold, vendu. Que vous n'eussiez pas That you weight not have donne. given, Qu'ils n'eussent pas fini. That they might not have finished. > Model Sein^tences. Que I'orateur eut fini son (lis- That the orator might have fin- cours. ished his speech. Que nous eussions amuse les That we might have amused the enfants. children. Qu'ils eussent reussi dans leurs That they might have succeeded affaires. in their affairs. Qu'ils eussent ete affables. That they might have been affable. Que votre fi'^ree lit ache tecette That your brother might have maison. bought that house. Que nous n'eussions pas ecrit. That we might not have written. Que je ne lui eusse pas raconte That I might not have related to cette histoire. him that history. Que vous lui eussiez dit cela. 27iat you might have told him that. Que le marchand eut vendu That the merchant might have tout son drap. sold all his cloth. Que nous eussions cultive notre That we might have cultivated jardin. our i F K E N C II COURSE. 273 Que votre jardinier eut plante Tliat your gardener might have un verger. planted an orchard. YOCABULAEY. Agi, Acted, Ferine, JShut. Attentivement, Attentively, Fleur, f. Floioer, Ho^io^-ajble, Honorable, Interessant, Interesting, Lu, Read. Obtenu, Obtained, Occupe, Occupied, O avert, Opened, Perdn, Lost, Position, f. Position, Progres, m. Progress, Rapids, Rapid. TIndertak' Re,u!^i, Succeeded, Rien, Nothing, Satis|ait, Satisfied. Succes, m. Success, Fait, Pone., made. Tout, All. Fenetre, Window, Y erite, f. Truth, A^ (c i^'Cu^^ c^iA"p^-t^ y~<8^^CxZ, 1 Que vous etrssicz fini avant moi. 2 Que vons n'eussiez pas reussi. 3 Qa'ils eussent obtenu tout ce qu'ils desirent. 4 Que les ecoliers eussent fait des progies rapides. 5 Que nous eussions lu attentive- ment. 6 Que vous n'eussiez pas perdu votre argent. 7 Qu'il eut occupe uue position honorable. 8 Qu'ila 18 Avant, Before, Avis, m. Advice, Barriei-e, f. Gate. Bien, Well. Cela, That. Ce que, That^ what. Dit, Said^ told. Donne, Given. Ecolier, m. Scholar. Edit, W7'itte?i, Entrep]"ise, f. ing. Ete, Been, Eu, Had, 274 TASQUELLE'S I 3^ T RO D U C T O R Y eussent toujours ete honorables. 9 Qu'ils eussent satisT fait leur parents. 10 Qu'ils eussent toujours eu dn succ^s dans leurs entreprises. 1 1 Qu'ils n'eussent pas ecrit un livre interessant. 12 Que vous eussiez ouvert les fenetres. 13 Qu'ils eussent ferme la barriere du jardin. 14 Que nous n'eussions pas Men agi. 15 Que vous leur eussiez dit la verite. 16 Que nous leur eussions dit cela. 17 Que nous vous eussions donne notre avis. 18 Que vous leur eussiez donne une fleur. 19 Que vous n' eussiez rien perdu. 20 Que nous eussions tout perdu. i Exercise 136. 1 That we might have lost nothing. 2 That we might not have finished. 3 That he might have finished before me. 4 That you might have obtained your money. 5 That my brothers might have obtained all that they wish. 6 That we might have satisfied our parents. 7 That you miglit have satisfied your friends. 8 That we might have told the truth. 9 That you might have success. 10 That he might have^uccess in his undertaking. 11 That yon might have opened the gate. 12 That they might have shut the window. 13 That you might have written an interesting book. 14 That your brother might have given his advice. 15 That you might have given your advice. 16 That you might have given me a flower. 17 That they might have given a book. 18 That you might have satisfied your friend. 19 That we might have satisfied our parents. 20 That we might have finished our FRENCH COURSE. 275 book. 21 That our friends might have lost nothing. 22 That you might not have lost alh 23 That you might not have opened the gate. 24 That you might have occupied an honorable position. 25 That my friend might not have lost his money. ^ The young student, having now become somewhat familiar with the easier principles of the French lan- guage, and acquainted with the regular verbs and those parts of the irregular verbs which have been classified in the foregoing lessons, will now be able to take the Larger Course, or " New French Method." The earlier and easier lessons of the book will give him a good opportunity of reviewing what he has already found in the Introductory Course, and enable him to study understandingly the more difficult portions of the work. The verbs, in the larger work, are pre- sented in diiferent groupings ; and when the student has passed through the lessons, he will, if his study has been diligent, be conversant with the verbs, as well as with the other portions of the language. May success attend him on that path which we have endeavored to render pleasant as well as profitable ! APPENDIX. I. — The Days op the "Week. — II. The Months op the Tear. — III. The Seasons.— IV. The Numbers. — V. The Auxiliary Verbs. — VI. The Four Conjugations op Verbs. — VII. The Passive Verb. — VIII. The Reflective Verb. Les Jours. I. . The Days. Dimanche, Lundi, Mardi, . Mercredi, Jeudi, . Vendredi, Samedi, Sunday. Monday. Tuesday. "Wednesday. Thursday. Friday. Saturday. Les Mois. II. The Months. Janvier, Fevrier, Mars, . Avril, . Mai, . Juin, . ^ Juillet, Aout,* . Septembre. Octobre, Novembre, Decembre, January. February. March. April. May. June. July. August. September. October. November. December. Les Saisons. III. The Seasons. Le printemps, . . . Spring. L'ete, Summer. L'automne, .... Autumn. L'hiver, .... Winter. • Pronounced nearly like oo in English. APPENDIX. 277 Les N ombres. Nwnbres Cardinally, IJn, TROsc. Une,/€m. Deux Trois Quatre Cinq Six . Sept Huit Neuf Dix . Onze Douze Treize Quatorze . Quinze Seize Dix-sept . Dix-linit . Dix-neuf . Vingt Vingt et im Vingt-deux Vingt-trois Vingt-quatre Vingt-cinq Vingt-six Vingt-sej)t Vingt-huit Vingt-nenf Treiite . Trente et im Trente-deux Treute-trois Trente-quatre Trente-cinq T rente-six Trente-sept Trente-huit Treiite-neuf Qnarante . Quaraute et un Quarante-deux Quarante-trois Q, u ar ante-q^u atre Quarante-cinq Quarante-six . Quaraiite-sept . Qnarante-huit . IV. The Numbers. Cnrdinal Numbera. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Nomhres Ordinal Oniinaux. Numbers* Premier, masc. Premiere,/em. 1st Deuxieme, second, seconde 2d Troisieme Quatrieme . Cinquieme . Sixieme Septieme Haiti em e Neuvieme . Dixieme Onzieme Douzieme Treizieme Quatorzieme Q,uinzieme . Seizieme Dix- septieme Dix-huitieme Dix-neuvieme Vingtieme . Vingt et unieme Vingt-deuxieme Vingt-troisieme v'ingt-qnatrieme v'iugt-cinquieme , Vingt-sixieme Vingt-septieme Vingt-huitienie Vingt-neuvieme Trentieme . Trente et unieme Trente-deuxieme Trente-troisieme . Trente-quatrieme Trente-cinquieme Trente-sixieme Trente-septieme . Trente-liuitieme . Trente-neuvieme Quarautieme Quarante et unieme Quarante-deuxieme Quarante-troisieme Quarante-quatrieme Quarante-ei nq uieme Quarante-sixieme Quarante-septieme Quarante-liuitieme /Jr^O, 278 APPENDIX. Nonibres Cardinal Cardinaux. Numbers, Quarante-neuf . 49 Ciiiquaiite . . 60 Cinquante et un . 51 Ciiiquante-deux . 52 Cinquante-trois . 53 Cinquante-quatre . . 54 Cinquante-cinq . 55 Cinquante-six . . 56 Cinquante-sept . 57 Cinqaante-liuit . 58 Cinqaante-neuf . 59 Soixante . . 60 Soixante et un . 61 Soixunte-deux .' 62 Soixante-trois . . 63 Soixante-quatre . 64 Soixante-cinq . . 65 Soixante-six . . 66 Soixaute-sept . . 67 Soixante-liuit . . 68 Soixante-neuf . . 69 Soixuntc-dix . . 70 Soixante et onze . 71 Soixante-douze . 72 Soixaute-treize . 73 Soixante-quatorze . . 74 Soixante-qninze . 75 Soixante-seize . 76 Soixante-dix-sept . . 77 Soixante-dix-huit . . . 78 Soixante-dix-neuf . . 79 Quatre-vingts . 80 Qnatre-vino-t-un . 81 Qiiatre-vingt-deux . . 82 Qaatre-vingt-trois . . 83 Quatre-viugt-qnatre . 84 Quatre-vingt-cinq . . 85 Qnatre-vingt-six . 86 Quatre-vin^t-sept . . 87 Quatre-vingt-huit . . 88 Qnatre-vingt-ueuf . . 89 Quatre-viugt-dix . . 90 Qnatre-vingt-onze . . 91 Q n atre- vi ngt-douze . 92 Qnatre-vingt-treize . 93 Q,n atre- vi n gt^-qu atorze . 94 Quatre-viijgt-qninze . 95 Qnatre-vingt-seize . . 96 Qnatre-vingt-flix-sept . 97 Quatre-vingt-dix-iiuit . 98 Nomhres Ordinal Ordinaux. Numbers. Quarante-neuvieme . . 49 th Cinquantieme . . . 50th Cinquante et unieme . . 51st Cinquante-deuxieme . . 52d Cinquante-troisieme . . 53d Cinquante-quatrieme . . 54th Cinquante-einquieme . . 55th Cinquante-sixieme . . 56th Cinquante-septieme . . 57th Cinquante-huitieme . . 58th Cinquante-neuvieme . .59th Soixantieme .... 60th Soixante et unieme . . 61st Soixante- deuxi erne . . 62d Soixaiite-troisieme . . 63d Soixantc-quatrieme . . 64th Soixante-cinquieme . . 65th Soixante -si xi erne . . . 66th Soixante-sej)tieme . . 67th Soixante-huitieme . . 68th Soixante-neuvieme . . 69th Soixante-dixieme . . 70th Soixante et onzieme . . 71st Soixante-douzieme . . 72d Soixante-treizieme . . 73d Soixante-quatorzieme . . 74th Soixante-quinzieme . . 75th Soixante-seizieme . . 76th Soixante-dix-septienie . 77th Soixante-dix-huitieme . 78th Soixante-dix-neuvieme . 79th Quatre-vingtieme . . 80th Quatre-vingt-unieme . . 81st Quatre-vingt-deuxieme . 82d Quatre-vingt-troisieme . 8od Quatre-vingt-quatrieme . 84th Quatre-vingt-cinquieme .' 85th Quatre-vingt-sixieme . . 8Gth Quatre-vingt-septieme . 87th Quatre-vingt-huitieme . 88th Quatre-vingt-neuvieme . 89th Quatre-vingt-dixieme . . 90tli Quatre-vingt onzieme . . 91st Quatre-vingt-douzieme . 92d Quatre-vingt- treizi erne . 93d Quatre-vingt-quatorzieme . 94tli Quatrc-vinsrt-quinzieme . 95th Quatre-vingt-seizieme . . 96tli Quatre-vinert-dix-septieme . 97th Quatre-vingt-dix-huitieme . 98th APPENDIX. 279 Nomhrcs Cardinal / Cardinaux. Numbers. Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf . . 99 _C^ut 100 Ceat-uii 101 Cent-deux . 102 Cent-trois . 103 Ceiit-dix 110 Cent-onze . 111 Cent-vingt . 120 Deux cents . 200 Deux cent-un 201 D3UX cent-deux 202 Miile . 1000 Deux mille . 20001 Mil Imit cent quarante-huit 1848 Un million . . A million Nombrea Ordinal Ordinaux. NuuiOers. Quatre-vingt-dix-neuvieme 99tli Centieme .... 100th Cent-unieme . . . 101st Cent-deuxieme . . 102d Cent-troisieme . . . 103d Cent-dixieme . . . llOtli Cent-onzieme . . . lllth Cent-vingtieme . . 120tli Deux centieme . . . 200th. Deux cent-unieme . . 201st Deux cent-deuxieme . 202d Millieme .... 1000th Deux millieme . . . 2000th Mil huit cent quarante- huitieme Millioneme 1848th Millionth V. The Auxiliary Verbs. — Avoir, to have : Affirmatively. Indicative Mode. SIMPLE TENSES COMPOUND lENSES. PBB8ENT. PAST INDEFINITE, J'ai, I have J'ai eu, I have htd Tu as, thou hast Tu as eu. thou hast had Ila, he has 11 a eu, he has had Nous avons, we have Nous avons eu. we have had Vous avez, you have Vous avez eu, you have had Ik ont, they have lis ont eu, they have had IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. J'avais, Ihad^ was hamng^ or I used J'avais eu, Ihadhad to have Tu avals, thou hadst Tu avals eu, thou hadst had 11 avait, he had 11 avait eu, he had had Nous avions, we had Nous avions eu. we had had Vous aviez. you had Vous aviez eu. you had had lis avaient. they had lis avaient eu. they had had PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. J'eus, Ihad^ or did have J'eus eu, I had had Tu eus. thouhadst, etc. Tu eus eu. thou hadst had 11 eut. he had 11 eut eu. he had had Nous eumes, we had Nous eumes eu, we had had Vous eutes, you had they had Vous eutes eu. you had had lis eurent, lis eurent eu, they had had 280 APPENDIX. SIMPLE TENSES. FUTURE. J'aurai, I shall or will Jiave Ta auras, tliou wilt have II aura, he will have Nous aureus, we shall hace Vous aurez, you will have lis auront, they will have COMPOUND TENSES. yUTURE ANTERIOR. J'aurai eu, I shall^ will have had Tu auras eu, thou shall ha ve had 11 aura eu, he will haw had Nous uurons eu, we will have had Vous aurez en, you will have had lis auront eu, they will have had J'aurais. Tu aurais, II aurait. Nous aurions, Vous auriez, lis auraient, Conditional Mode. I should have ' J'aurais eu, I should'' thou coaldst have ' Tu aurais eu, thou wouldst he would have 11 aurait eu, he should ive would have \ Nous aurions eu, we should you would have \ Vous auriez eu, you should, they would have , lis auraient eu, they should Impekative Mode. Aie, ham thou Qu'il ait, let him have Ayons, let us have Ayez, 7iave ye or you Qu'ils aient, let them have Subjunctive Mode. Que j'aie, that I may have I Que j'aie eu, that I may'] Que tu aies, that thou mayest have | Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest "^ Qu'il ait, that he may have Qu'il ait eu, that he may . ^^ Que nous ayons, that we may have j Que nous ayons eu, thatwemay ' g Que vous ayez, that you may have j Que vous ayez eu, that you may ^ Qu'ils aient, that they may have \Q,\\'\\^ iiiQnt qu^ that they may] IMPERFECT. Que j'eusse, that I might have Que tu eusses, that thou mightest have Qu'il eiit, that he might have Que nous eussions, that we might have Que vous eussiez, that you might have Qu'ils eussent, that they might have PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusse eu, that I might Que tu eusses eu, that tfiou mightest Qu'il eiit eu, that he might Que nous eussions eu, that ive might Que vous eussiez eu, that you mignt Qu'ils eussent eu, that they APPENDIX. Infinitive Mode. 281 Avoir, Ayaut, Eu, to liave I Avoir eu, to have had Pakticiple. compound. having \ Ay ant eu, having had PAST OR PASSIVE. had Avoir, to have: Conjugated Negatively. Indicative Mode. SIMPLE tenses. compound TENSES. PAST INDEFINITE. Je n'ai pas, Tu n'as pas, II u'a pas, Nous n'avons pas, Vous n'avez pas, lis n'out pas. I have not thou hast not he has not toe have not you have not they have not Je n'ai pas eu, I have'] Ta u'as pas eu, thou hast 1 -ts il u'a pas eu, he has I ^ Nous n'avous pas eu, we have f -^ lis ii'oiit pas eu, they ha ve ve j IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Je n' avals pas, Tu n'avais pas, II u'avait pas, Nous ii'avioiis pas, Yous n'aviez pas, lis n'avaient pas. I had not thou hadst not he had not toe had not you had not they had not Jon' avais pas eu. I had] Tu n'avais pas eu, t?iou hadst 11 n'avait pas eu, he had Nous n'avious pas eu, tve had Vous n'aviez pas eu, you had lis n'avaient pas eu, they had ^ PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Je n'eus pas, I had not ! Je n'eus pas eu, I had] Tu n'eus pas, thou hadst not Tu n'eus pas eu, tho2i hadst \ ^ II n'eut pas, he had not II n'eut pas eu, he had I ^ Nous n'eiunes pas, tve had not Nous n'eumes pas eu, tve had j -^ Vous n'entes pas, you had not Vous n'eutes pas eu, you had ^ lis n'eurent pas, they had not lis n'eurent pas eu, tJiey had ^ Je n'aiirai pas, I shall not have Tu n'auras pas, thou wilt not have II n'aura pas, he will not have Nous n'aurons pas, we shall not have Vous n'aurez pas, you shall not have lis n'auront pas, they will not have FUTURE ANTERIOR. Je n'aurai pas eu, IshalV Tu n'auras pas eu, tlwu shall 11 n'aura pas eu, he will Nous n'aurons pas eu, we will Vous n'aurez pas eu, you will lis n'auront pas eu, they will 282 APPENDIX. Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. PEESBNT. Je n'aurais pas, Tu n'aurais pas, 1 should thou wouldst II n'aurait pas, he would Nous n'aurions pas, ive would Vous n'auriez pas, you would Us n'auraient pas, they would COMPOUND TENSES. PAST. Je n'aurais pas eu, Tu n'aurais pas II n'aurait pas eu. Nous n'aurions m I should eu, thou shouldst he would .% eu, we would Vous n'auriez pas eu, you would lis n'auraient pas eu, they would Imperative Mode. N'aie pas, Qu'il n'ait pas, N'ayons pas, N'ayez pas, Qu'ils n'aient pas. have not let him not have let us not have have not ye or you let them not have Subjunctive Mode. Que je n'aie pas, that I may ' Que tu n'aies pas, that thou mayest Qn'il n'ait pas, that he may Que nous n'ayons pas, that we may Que vous n'ayez pas, that you may Qu'ils n'aient pas, that they may Que je n'aie pas eu, that I may Que tu n'aies pas eu, that thou mayest Qu'il n'ait pas eu, that he may Que nous n'ayons pas eu, that we may Que vous n'ayez pas eu, that you may Qu'ils n'aient pas eu, that they may IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Que je n'eusse pas, that I might Que tu n'eusses pas, that thou Qu'il n'eut pas, that he might Que nous n'eussions pas, that ive might Que vous n'eussiez pas,' that you might Qu'ils n'eussent pas, that they might J Que je n'eusse pas eu, that T might Que tu n'eusses pas eu, that thou mightest Qu'il n'eut pas eu, thathe might Que nous n'eussious pas eu, that we might Que vous n'eussiez pas eu, that you might Qu'ils n'eussent pas eu, that they might APPENDIX. Infinitive Mode. 283 Ne pas avoir, not to Jiave \ N' avoir pas eu, not to have had Participle. PRESENT. OOMPOirND. N'ayant pas, not having \ N'ayant pas eu, not having had Past or Passive. Pas eu, Not had Avoir : Interrogatively. Indicative Mode. SIMPLE tenses. COMPOUND TENSES. PAST INDEFINITE. Ai-je ? As-tu ? A-t-il ? Avoiis-nous ? Avez-vous ? Out-ils ? have I? Ai-je eu ? hast thou f \ As-tu eu ? has he f I A-t-il eu ? have we f \ Avons-nous eu ? have you f \ Avez-vous eu ? have they f \ Ont-ils eu ? have I had? hast thou had ? has he had f have, we had? have you had f have they had ? IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Avais-je ? Avais-tu ? Avait-il ? Avious-nous ? Aviez-vous ? Avaieut-ils ? had I? I Avais-je eu ? hidst thou ? i Avais-tu eu ? had he ? had we f had you f had they ? Avait-il eu ? Avions-nous eu ? Aviez-vous eu ? Avaient-ils eu ? had I had ? hadst thou had ? had he had ? had we had ? had you had ? had they had f PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Eus-je ? Eus-tu ? Eut-il ? Eumes-nous ? Eiites-vous ? Eurent-ils % Aurai-je ? Auras-tu ? Aura-t-il ? Aurons-nous ? Aurez-vous ? Auront-ils ? had I? hadst thou ? had he ? had we f had you ? had they f Eus-je eu ? Eus-tu eu ? Eut-il eu ? Eumes-nous eu ? Eiites-vous eu ? Eurent-ils eu ? had I had? hadst thou had ? had he had f had we had, ? had you. had ? had they had ? FUTURE ANTERIOR. shall Ihave ? \ Aurai-je eu ? shall F shalt thou have ? \ Auras-tu eu ? shalt thou will he have ? \ Aura-t-il eu ? shall he shall ive have ? Aurons-nous eu ? shall ive will you have ? \ Aurez-vous cu ? shall yov. shall they have ? , Auront-ils eu ? shall they ^ \.^ 284 APPENDIX. CoxDrrioxAL Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. Aurais-je ? Aurais-tu ? Aurait-il ? Aurions-nous ? Auriez-vous ? Auraient-ils ? should I have ? shouldst thou have ? should lie have? would we ham f Anrais-je eu ? Aurais-tu eu ? Aurait-il eu ? Aurioiis-nous eu ? should you have ? \ Auriez-vous eu ? should they have ? \ Auraient-iis eu ? should P wouldst thou would he should we should you ivould they ^ Avoir : Negatively* and Interrogatively. Indicative Mode. PAST INDEFINITE. N'ai-je pas ? N'as-tu pas 'i I^'a-t-il pas ? N-avons nous pas ? IN'avez-vous pas ? N^ODt-ils pas ? have I not ? hast thou not ? has he not f have we iwt ? have you not ? N'ai-je pas eu ? have V N'as-tu pas eu ? hast thou N'a-t-il pas eu ? has he N'avons-Dous pas eu ? have we N'avez-vous pas eu ? have you have they not ? \ xs'out-iis pas eu ? have they ^ "^ ^ IMPERFECT. N'avais-je pus ? had I not ? ]S'avais-tu pas ? hadst thou not ? N'avait-il pas ? had he not ? N'avions-nous pas ? had we not ? N'aviez-vous pas ? had you not ? N'avaient-ils pas ? Itad they not f PLUPERFECT. N'avais-je pas eu ? had P N'avais-tu pas eu ? hadst thou N'avait-il pas eu ? had he N'avions-nous pas eu? had we N'aviez-vous pas eu ? had you N'avaient-ils pas eu ? had they ^ PAST DEFINITE. N'eus-je pas ? had I not ? N'eus-tu pas ? hadst thou not ? N'eut-il pas ? had he not ? N'eumes-nous pas ? had we not ? N'eutes-vous pas ? had you not ? N'eurent-ils pas ? had they not ? PAST ANTERIOR. N'eus-je pas eu ? had P N'eus-tu pas eu ? hadst thou N'eut-il pas eu ? had. he N'eiimes-nous pas eu ? had we N'eutes-vous pas eu ? had you N'eurent-ils pas eu ? had they N'anrai-je pas ? N'auras-tu pas? N'aura-t-il pas ? N'aurons-nous pas ? N'aurez-vous pas ? N'auront-ils pas ? shall I^ shall tJiou shall he shall we shall you shall they ^ FUTURE ANTERIOR. N'aurai-i'e pas eu ? - sTiall I'\ "^^ N'auras-tu pas eu ? shall tJiou % N'aura-t-il pas eu ? shall he "^ N'aurons-nous pas eu ? shall we "I I N'aurez-vous pas eu ? shall ymi ^ I N'auront-ils pas eu? shall they ^ APPENDIX. 285 Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. N'aurais je pas ? should I' N'aurais-tu pas ? sJiouldst thou N'aurait-il pas ? should he N'aurions-nous pas ? shovld we N'auriez-vous pas ? should you N'auraient-ils pas ? should they COMPOUND TENSES, PAST. N'aurais-je pas eu ? should F N'aurais-tu pas eu? shouldst tliou N'aurait-il pas eu ? should he N'aurioiis-nous pas eu ? should we N'auriez-vous pas eu? should you N'auraient-ils pas eu? should they fixRE, TO be: Affirmatively. Je suis, Tu es, II est, Nous sommes, Vous etes, lis sent, Indicative Mode. lam thou art he is we are ye or you are they are PAST INDEFENITB. J'ai ete, I ham I thou hast I Tu as et^, II a ete, Nous avons ^te Vous avez ete, lis out ^te, he has we have you have they have been been IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. J'etais, Tu etais, II etait, Nous etions, Vous etiez. Us etaient, I was or I used to he thou wast he was we were you were they were J'avais 4te, Tu avals 4t6, II avait et6, Nous avions etc, Vous aviez ete, lis avaieut ete, I had leen thou hadst been he had been we had been you had been they had been PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Je fus, Til fas, 11 fut, Nous fumes, Vous futes, lis furent, I was J'eus ete, thou wast he was we were you were they were Tu eus ete, II eut ete, Nous eumes 4t^, Vous elites ^te, lis eurent et4. I had been thou hadst been he had been we had been you had, been they had been Je serai, Tu seras, II sera. Nous serous, Vous serez, lis serout. RB. FUTURE ANTERIOR. I shall or will be ; J'aurai et(^, I shall have been thou wilt be i Tu auras et(S, thou shalt have been he shall be \ II aura ete, he shall have been we shall be Nous aurons 4t6, we shall have been you shall be \ Vous aurez (5te, you will have been they shall be , lis auront dt^, they will have been 286 APPENDIX. Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. Je serais, I should 5^| J'aurais ^te, I should^ Tu serais, . thou shouldst he j Tu aurais ete, thou sJwuldst II serait, * he would he II aurait ete, he would I Nous serions, we would he , Nous aurions et6, we should Vous seriez, you should he Vous auriez ete, you should lis seraient, they would he I lis auraient ete, they should Imperative Mode. Sois, Qu'il soit, Soyons, Soyez, Qu'ils soient, let him he let us he be ye or you let them he Subjunctive Mode. Que je sois. Que tu sois, that I may he that thou may est he Qu'il soit, Que nous soyons. Que vous soyez, Qu'ils soient. that he may he that we may he that you may he that they m/iy he Que j'aie et^, that Im/iy Que tu aies ^te, that thou mayest Qu'il ait ete, that he may Que nous ayons ete, that we may Que vous ayez ete, that youmay Qu'ils aient ete, that they may Que je fusse, that I might he Que tu fusses, that thou mightest he Qu'il fut, that he mi^ht he Que nous fussions, that we might he Que vous fussiez, that you might he Qu'ils fussent, that they might he PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusse ete, that I might Que tu eusses ete, tliat thou mightest Qu'il eut 4t6, that he might Que nous eussions ete, that we might Que vous eussiez 6t(5, that you might Qu'ils eussent ^t6, that they might litre, Infinitive Mode. PAST. to he I Avoir et^, to have been C^"^^"^*-^^ ^'^ APPENDIX. 287 Participle. ^tant, heing. \ Ayant ete, Past ok Passive. fite, 'been. having been. 4 VI. — The Four Conjugations. First Conjugation ; Ending in BH. MODEL VERB. PARLER, TO SPEAK, Indicative Mode. COMPOUND tenses. PAST INDEFINITE. J'ai parle, I haw spohen SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. Je parle, Ispeah Tu paries, thou speakest II parle, Nous parlons, Vous parlez, i lis parlent, they speak IMPERFECT. Tu as parl^, thou hast spoken 11 a parle, he has spoken Nous avons parle, we have spoken Vous avez j)arle, you have spoken lis ont parle, they have spoken PLUPERFECT. Je parlais, I was speaking or I used J'avais parle. Ihad' to speak Tu parlais, thou wast speaking Tu avais parld. thou hadst 11 parlait. he was speaking 11 avait parle. he had Nous parlions. we were speaking Nous avions parle. we had Vous parliez, you were speaking they were speaking Vous aviez parle, you had lis parliiieiit. lis avaient parle. they had ^ PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Je parlai, I spoke or did speak J'eus parle. Ihad] Tu parlas. thou, spokest Tu eus parM, thou hadst II pari a. he spoke 11 eut parle. he had Nous parlames we spoke Nous eumes parl^. we had Vous parlates. you spoke Vous elites parle. you had they had ^ lis parlerent. they spoke lis eurent parle. FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. Je parlerai, I shall or will speak J'aurai parle, I will] Tu parleras. thou ivilt speak Tu auras parle, thou shalt 11 parlera. he icill speak 11 aura parle, he will Nous parierons , we shall speak Nous aurons parl6. we shall Vous parlerez, you will speak they will speak Vous aurez parl^. you will they shall ^ lis parleront. 11 auront parle, y^ 288 APPENDIX. Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. compound tenses. Je parlerais, I should^ would speak Tu parlerais, thou shouldst speah II parlerait, he should speah Nous parlerions, we would speah Vous parleriez, yau would spealc lis parleraient, they would speah J'aurais parle, I should Tu aurais, parle, tJiou wouldst II aurait parle, he would Nous aurions parle, we 'would Vous auriez parle, you would lis auraient parle, they would , Imperative Mode. Parle, speak thou Qu'il parle, let him speah Parlons, let us speah Parlez, speah ye or you Qu'ils parlent, let them speah Subjunctive Mode. Quo je parle, that I may spealc \ Que j'aie parle, that I may' Q,\iQ\>a^M\Q^^ that thou mAiyestspeah\(^\XQ tu aies parle, that thou Qu'il parle, that he may speah | Qu'il ait parle, that lie may Que nous parlions, that we may • Que nous ayons parle, that we speah I may Que vous parliez, that you wza^j Que vous ayez parle, that you- speah j m^ay Qu'ils pai-lent, that they may speah \ Qu'Ils aient parle, that they may ^ IMPERFECT. Que je parlasse, that I might speak Que tu parlasses, that thou mightest speah Qu'il parlat, that he might speah Que nous parlassions, that we might speak Que vous parlassiez, that you might speah Qu'ils parlassent, that they might speah pluperfect. Que j'eusse parl6, that I might Que tu eusses parld, tJiat thou mightest Qu'il eiit parle, that he might Que nous eussions parle, tJtat we might Que vous eussiez parle, that you might Qu'ils eussent parle, thai they might iNFEsriTiVE Mode. Parler, to speah \ Avoir parle, to ham spoken Parlant, APPENDIX. fiSflf Participle. COMPOUND. speaking \ Ayant parle, having spoken Past or Passive. Parle, Second Conjugation: Ending in IB. MODEL VERB. FINIR, TO FINISH, ' Indicative Mode. SIMPLE tenses. COMPOUND tenses. PAST indefinite. Je finis, Til :^nis, II flnit, Nous flnissons, Vous finissez, lis finissent, IJinisTi I J'ai fini, ^ tjiou jinishest \ Tu as fini, hejim-shes \ II a fini, we finish Nous avons fini, yo a finish Vous avez fini, they finish j lis ont fini. I have finished, thou hast finished, he has finished we have finished you have finished they have finished imperfect. Je finissais, I was finishing or used to finish Tu finissais, thou wast finishing II finissait, he was finishing Nous finissions, ive were finishing Vous finissiez, you were finishing lis finissaient, they were finishing PLUPERFECT. J'avais fini, Ihad finished Tu avals fini, thou hadst finished II avait fini, he had finished Nous avions fini, we had' finished Vous aviez fini, you had finished lis avaient fini, they had finished PAST DEFINITE. Je finis, Tu finis. II finit, Nous finimes, Vous finites, lis finirent, I finished or did finish thou didst finish he finished we finished yoii finished they finished PAST ANTERIOR. J'eus fini, I had finished Tu eus fini, thou hadst finished 11 eut fini, he had finished Nous eiimes fini, we had finished Vous antes fini, you had finished lis eurent fini, they had finished Je finirai, Tu finiras, II fiiiira, Nous finirons, Vous finirez, lis finiront, I shall finish thou wilt finish he will finish we shall finish. you will finish they will finish FUTUBB ANTERIOR. J'aurai fini, I shall have Tu auras fini, thou wilt have II aura fini, he shall have Nous aurons fini, we shall have Vous aurez fini, you will have lis auront fini, they shall have ^ 290 APPENDIX. Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. compound tenses. Je finirais, Tu finirais, II finirait, Nous finirions, Vous finiriez, lis finiraient, I would finish thou slumldst finish lie would finish we would finish you mi^ht finish they should finish J'aurais fini, Ishould^"^ Tu aurais fini, thou wouldst ^§ II aurait fini, he might I '| Nous aurions fini, we would \ % Vous auriez fini, you might % lis auraient fini, they should J rl Impebative Mode. Finis, Qu'il finisse, Finissons, Finissez, Qu'ila finissent, finish thou let him finish let us finish finish ye or you let them finish Subjunctive Mode. Que je finisse, that I may finish Que tu finisses, that thou mayest Qu'il finisse, that he may finish Que nous finissions, that we may finish Que vous finissiez, that you may Qu'ils finissent, that they may finish Que j'aie fini, that I may' Que tu aies fini, that thou Qu'il ait fini, that Jie may Que nous ayons fini, that we m^ay Que vous ayez fini, that you may Qu'ils aient fini, that they may ^ 4 IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Que je finisse, that I might finish Que tu finisses, that thou mightest Qu'il flnit, that he might finish Que nous finissions, that we ^might finish Que vous finissiez, that you might finish Qu'ils finissent, that they might finisK Que j'eusse fini, that I might" Que tu eusses fini, that thou mightest Qu'il erit fini, that he might Que nous eussions fini, that we might Que vous eussiez fini, that you might Qu'ils eussent fini, that they might \*^ iNFiNrnvB Mode. PEliSKNT. past. Finir, to finish \ Avoir fini, to APPENDIX. Pabtkjiple. 291 PBBSBNT. COMPOUND. Finissant, finishing \ Ayant fini, hiving finished Past or Passiye. Fini, finished Third Conjuqation: Ending in OIR, MODEL VERB. RECEVOIR, TO RECEIVE, Indicative Mode. 8DIPLE TENSES. PEK8ENT. Je re^ois,* Tu re§ois, II reQoit, Nou3 recevons, Vons recevez, lis reQoivent, I receive thou receivest he receives we receive you receive they receive COMPOUND TENSES. PAST INDEFINITE. J'ai regu, I have received Tu as regu, thou hast received II a regu, he has received Nous avons regu, we have received Vous avez regu, you, have received lis ont regu, they have received Je recevais, I was receiving, or / used to receive Tu recevais, thou wast receiving II recevait, he was receiving Nous recevions, we were receiving Vous receviez, you were receiving lis recevaient, they were receiving PLUPERFECT. J'avais re§u, I had received Tu avals rcQu, thou hadst re- II avait regu, he had received Nous avions rcQu, we had re- ceived Vous aviez regu, you had re- ceived lis avaient regu, they had re- ceived PAST DEFINITE. Je regus, Tu regus, 11 regut, Nous resumes, Vons recutes, lis regurent. I received or did receive thou receivedst he received we received you received they received PAST ANTEEIOB. J'eus rcQU, I had received Tu eus rcQU, thou hadst received II eut regu, he had received Nous eumes regu, we had received Vous eutes regu, you had received lis eurent regu, they had received * See Lesson 36, page 132. 292 APPENDIX. SIMPLE TENSES. FUTUBB. COMPOUND TENSES. FUTURE ANTERIOR. Je recevrai, Tu recevras, II recevra, Nous recevrons, Vous recevrez, Ds recevrout, / shall receive \ J'aurai re§u, / shall have "" thou wilt receive ' Tu auras regu, thou wilt have he shall receive \ II aura regu, he will have we shall receive Nous aurons regu, we shall have you will receive Vous aurez regu, you will have they will receive lis auront regu, they shall have ^ Conditional Mode. Je recevrais, I should receive Tu recevrais, thou wouldst receive II recevrait, he should receive Nous recevrions, we should receive Vous recevriez, you might receive Ila recevraieut, they should receive J' aurais regu, / should " Tu aurais regu, thou wouldst II aurait regu, he might Nous aurjons regu, we should Vous auriez regu, you might lis auraieut regu, they should Imperative Mode. Eegois, receive thou Qu'il regoive, let him receive Kecevons, let us receive Eecevez, receive ye or you Qu'ils regoivent, let them receive Subjunctive Mode. Que je regoive, that I may receive Que'tu regoives, that thou mayest receive Qu'il regoive, that he may receive Que no as recevions, that we may receive Que vous receviez, that you may receive Qu'ils regoivent, thit theymayreceive Que j'aie regu, that I may Que tu aies regu, that thou mayest Qu'il ait regu, that he may Que nous ayons regu, that we may Que vous ayez regu, that you muy Qu'ils aient regu, that they m/iy IMPERFECT. Que je regusse, that I might receive Que tu regusses, that thou mightest receive Qu'il regut, that he might receive Que nous regussions, thcit we might receive Que vous regussiez, that you might receive Qu'ils regussent, that they might receive PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusso regu, that I might Que tu eusses regu, that thou Qu'il eiit regu, that he might Que nous eussions regu, that ive might Que vous eussiez regu, that you might Qu'ils eussent regu, that they might APPENDIX. Infinitive Mode. 293 PRESENT. PAST. Eecevoir to receive j Avoir regu to h/fve received Eecevant, KeQu, Paetioiple. receiving \ Ayant regu, Past or Passive. COMPOUND. having received, received Fourth CoNJuaATioN: Ending in BE. MODEL VERB. VENDEE, TO SELL. Indicative Mode. simple TENSES . COMPOTJND TENSES. PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. Je vends, Isell J'ai vendu, I have sold Tu vends, tJiOu sellest Ta as vendu, thou hast sold 11 vend, lie sells 11 a vendu, he has sold Nous vendons. we sell Nous avons vendu, we have sold Vous vendez, you sell Vous avez vendu, you have sold lis vendent, they sell lis ont vendu, they have sold IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Je vendais, Iivas selling or used to Tu vendais, II vendait. Nous vendions, Vous vendiez, lis vendaient. thou wast selling he was selling we were selling you were selling they were selling J'avais vendu, / had sold or been selling Tu avais vendu, thou hadst sold II avait vendu, Nous avions vendu, Vous aviez vendu, lis avaient vendu, he had sold toe had sold you had sold they had sold PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Je vendis, Tu vendis, 11 vendit. Nous vendimes, Vous vendites, Il6»vendirent, Isold or did sell thou soldest he sold we sold you sold they sold J'eu3 vendu, Tu eus vendu, II eut vendu. Nous eumes vendu, Vous eutes vendu, lis eurent vendu, I had sold tlwu hadst sold he had sold we had sold you had sold they had sold 294 APPENDIX. SIMPLE TENSES. Je vendrai, Tu vendras, II vendra, Nous vendrons, Vous vendrez, Hb vendront, Je vendrais, Tu vendrais, II vendrait, Nous vendrions, Vous vendriez, lis vendraient, I shall sell thou wilt sell he wUl sell we shall sell you will sell they will sell COMPOUND TENSES. FUTURE ANTKRIOE. J'aurai vendu, I shall Tu auras vendu, II aura vendu, Nous aurons vendu, Vous aurez vendu, lis auront vendu. tlwu wilt he shall we shall you will they shall ^ Conditional Mode. I should sell thou wouldst sell he might sell we should sell you might sell they would sell PAST. J'aurais vendu, I should' Tu aurais vendu, thou wouldst II aurait vendu, he might Nous aurions vendu, we should Vous auriez vendu, you should lis auraient vendu, they should ^ Imperative Mode. Vends, Qu'il vende, Vendons, Vendez, Qu'ils vendent. sell thou let him sell let us sell seU ye or you let them sell SuBjuNonvB Mode. Que je vende, that I may sell Que tu vendes, that thou mayest sell Qu'il vende, that he may sell Que nous vendions, that we may sell Que vous vendiez, that you may sell Qu'ils vendent, thxit they may sell PAST. Que j'aie vendu, that I may' Que tu aies vendu, that thou mayest Qu'il ait vendu, that he may Que nous ayons vendu, that we may Que vous ayez vendu, that you Tuay Qu'ils aient vendu, that they 3 :§ IMPERFECT. Que je vendisse, that I might sell Que tu vendisses, that thou mightest sell Qu'il vendit, that he might sell Que nous vendissions, that we might sell Que vous vendissiez, that you might sell Qu'ili vendissent, that they might PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusse vendu, that Imight Que tu eusses vendu, that thou Qu'il eut vendu, that he might Que nous eussions vendu, that we might Quo vous eussiez vendu, that you might Qu'ils eussent vendu, that they might 3 4 APPENDIX. Infinitive Mode. 295 Vendre, Vendant, to sell I Avoir vendii, Pabticiple. to lia/ve sold COMPOUND. selling \ Ayant vendu, having sold Yendu, Tast ok Passive. sold VII. — Conjugation of a Passive Yerb : Etke AiMJfi, TO BE LOVED, Inimcative Mode. PKESKNT. Je siiis aim6, w. aim^e,/. Tu es aime or aim^e, II est aiin^, Elle est aimee, Nous sommes aim^s or aimees, Vous etes aimes or aimees, lis sont aim^s, m, EUes sont aimees, /. lam I thou, art loved he is loved she is loved ive are loved you are loved they at'e loved they are loved IMPERFECT. J'^tais aime, m. aimee, y. Tu 6tais aim6 or aimee, 11 ^tait aim4, Nous dtions aimds or aimees, Vous etiez aimes or aimees, Us 6taient aim^s, m. I was lovedj was being loved, thou wast loved, wast being loved he was loved, was being loved we were loved, were being loved you were loved, were being loved they were lovedy were being loved ^ ^-^ ^'^ i PAST DEFIMTK. Je fas aim^, m. aimee,/. I was loved Tu fus aim^ or aim^e, thou wast loved 11 fut aim6, he was loved Nous fumes aimes or aimt^es, we were loved Vous futes aim^s or aimees, you were loved Bs furent aim^s, m. ihe^ were loved 2^96 APPENDIX. PAST IXDEFINITE. J'ai ete aime or aimee, IJiam leen loved Tu as et^ aime or aimee, thou Jiast been loved II a et^ aime, he has been loved Nous avoDS ete aimes or aim^es, we have leen loved Vous avez ete aimes or aim^es, you have been loved lis ont ete aimes, m. they have been loved PAST ANTERIOR. J' ens ^te aime, m. aimee,/. I had been loved Tu eus ete aimee or aimee, thou hadst been loved II eut ete aime, he had been loved Nous eumes et6 aimes or aimees, ive had been loved Vous elites ete aimes or aimees, you had been loved lis eurent ete aimes, m. they had been loved PLUPERFECT. J'avais (5t6 aim^ or aimee, I had been loved Tu avais ete aim^ or aimee, thou hadst been loved II avait ete aime, he had been loved Nous avions et^ aimes or aimees, we had been loved Vous aviez ete aimes or aimees, you had been loved lis avaient ^te aimes, m. they had be Je serai aime. m. aimee,/. I shall or will be loved Tu seras aime or aimee, thou shalt or wilt be loved 11 sera aime, he shall or will be loved Nous serous aimes or aimees, we shall or will be loved Vous serez aimes or aimees, you shall or will be loved lis serout aimes, m. they shall or will be loved FUTURE ANTERIOR. J'aurai ete aim6, m. aimee,/. Ishall^ will have been loved Tu auras ete aim^ or aimee, thou shalt^ wilt have been loved 1\ aura ete aime, he shall^ will have been loved Nous aurons ete aim^s or aimees, we shall^ will have been loved Vous aurez ^te aimes or aimees, you shall., will have been loved lis auront ete aim^s, m, they shall, will have been loved Conditional Mode. PRESENT. Je serais aim6, m. aimee,/. I should., would., could., might be loved Tu serais aim6 or aimee, tlioushouldst, couldst., mightestbe loved 11 serait aime, he would or might be loved Nous serious aim^s or aimees, we should or would be loved Vous seriez aimes or aimees, you would or might be loved lis seraieut aimes, m. they might or should be loved APPENDIX. 297 J'aurais ^te aime, m. aim<5e,/. I should^ would hive leen loved Tu aiirais ete uinie or aimee, tJiou wouldst have been loved II aurait ete aime, Tie would have been loved Nous aurions ete aimes or aimees, we might have been loved Vous auriez ete aimes or aimees, you would have been loved lis auraient ete aimes, m. they might have been loved Imperative Mode. Sois aime, m. aimee,/. he thou loved Qa'il soit aime, let him be loved Soyons aimes or aimees, let us be loved Soyez aimes or aimees, be ye or uou loved Qu'ils soient aimes, m. let them be loved Subjunctive Mode. PRESENT. Que je sois aime, m. aimee,/. that I may be loved Que tu sois aim6 or aimee, that thou mayest be loved Qu'il soit aime, that he may be loved Que nous soyons aim^s or aimees, that tve may be loved Que vous soyez aimes or aimees, that you may be loved Qu'ils soient aimes, m, that they may be loved IMPEKFECT. Que je fusse aime, m. aimee,/. that I might be loved Que tu fusses aime or aimee, that thou mightest be loved Qu'il fut aiiiic, that he might be loved Que nous fussions aimes or aimees, that we might be loved Que vous fussiez aimes or aimees, that you mi^ht be loved Qu'ils fussent aimes, m. that they might be loved Que j'aie ^te aime m. aimee,/. that I may have been loved Que tu aies ete aime or aimee, that thou m,ayest have been loved Qu'il ait ete aime, that he may have been loved Que nous ayons ete aimes or aimees, that we may have been loved Que vous ayez et6 aimes or aimees, that you may have been loved Qu'ils aient ete aimes, m. that they may have been loved PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusse ^t^ aim6, m. aim6e,/. that I might have been loved Que tu eusses ete aime or aimee, that thou mightest have been I Qu'il eut ete aime, that he might have been hved Que nous eussions ^te aimes or that we might have been loved aimees. Que vous eussiez kXk. aimes or that you might have been loved aimees, Qui'ils eussent et4 aimds, m. that they might have been loved 13* 298 AP P END I X. Infinitive Mode. Present. — !fitre aime, m. aim^e,/. to he loved Past. — Avoir ete aime, m. aimee,/. to liave heen loved Paeticiple. Peesent. — Etant aim6, m. aimee,/. being loved Compound. — Ay ant 6te aime, m. aim^e,/. liaving been loved YIII. — Conjugation of a Reflective Yeeb: Sb Pkomener, to walk. Indicative Mode. Je me promono, Tu te promenes, II se promene. Nous nous promenons, Vous vous promenez, lis se promenent, I walk, do walk or am walking. tJiou walkesty dost walk or art walking he walks, does walk or is walking we waik. do walk or are walking you walk, do walk or are walking they walk, do walk or are walking IMPERFECT. Je me promenais, Tu te promenais, II se promenait, Nous nous promenious, Vous vous promeniez, lis se promenaient, I was walking or used to walk thou wast waikifig or wast wont to walk he was walking or used to walk we were walking or used to walk you were walking or used to walk they were walking or used to walk past definite. Je me promenai, Tu te promenas, II se promena, Nous nous promenames, Vous vous promenates, 11 se promenerent, I walked or did walk thou walkedst or didst walk he walked or did walk we walked or did walk you walked or did walk they walked or d4>d walk past indefinite. Je me suis promen^, Tu t'es promene, II s'est promene, Nous nous sommes promenas, Vous vous etes promenes, lis se sont promenes, I have walked thou hast walked he has walked we have walked you have walked they have walked APPENDIX. 299 PLXTPEKFECT. Je m'^tais promen^, Tu t'etais promen^, II s'etait promene, Nous nous etions promen^s, Vous vous <^tiez promen^s, lis s'etaient promen^s, IJiad walked thou Jiadst walJc^ he had walked we had walked you had walked they had walked PAST ANTBBIOB. Je me fas promen^, Tu te fus promene, 11 se fut promen6, Nous nous fumes promen^s, Vous vous futes promen^s, lis se furent promen4s, I had walked thou hadst walked he had walked we had walked you had walked they had walked Je me promenerai, Tu te promeneras, 11 se promenera, Nous nous promenerons, Vous vous promenerez, 11 se promeneront, I shall or will walk thou shall or wilt walk he shall or will walk we shall or will walk you shall or will walk they shall or will walk FUTITRH ANTERIOR. Je me serai promen^, Tu te seras promen4, II se sera promene, Nous nous serons promen^s, Vous vous serez promenes, lis se seront promenes, I shall or will have walked thou shalt or wilt have walked he shall or will have icalked we shall or will have walked you shall or will have walked they shall or will have walked CoNDmoNAL Mode. PRESENT. Je me promenerais, Tu te promenerais, lis se promenerait, Nous nous promenerions Vous vous promeneriez, lis se promeneraient. I should or would walk thou couldst or would walk he would or should walk we would or should walk you could or should walk they should or would walk Je me serais promen^, Tu te serais promene, II se serait promen^, Nous nous serious promenes, Vous vous seriez promenes, Ha se seraient promenes, I should or could have walked thou wouldst or couldst have loalked he could or should hade walked we would or should have walked you would or could have walked they should or could have walked 300 APPENDIX. Promene-toi, Qu'il se proinene, Promenons-nous, l*romenez-vou3, Qu'ils se promenent, Imperative Mode. walk thou let Mm walk let us walk walk {ye or you) let them walk Subjunctive Mode. Qne je me promene, Que tu te promeues, Qu'il se promene, Que nous nous promenions, Que vous vous promeniez, Qu'ils se promenent, that I may walk that thou mayest walk that he may walk that we may walk that you may walk that they may walk IMPERFECT. Que je me promenasse, Que tu te promenasses, Qu'il se promenat, Que nous nous promenassions, Que vous vous promenassiez, Qu'ils se promenassent, that I might walk that thou mightest walk that he might walk that we might walk that you might walk that they might walk Que je me sois promen^, Que tutG sois promene, Qu'il se soit promene, Que nous nous soyons proraenes, Que vous vous soyez promenes, Qu'ils se soient promenes, that I may have walked that thou mayest have walked that he m,ay have walked that we may have walked that you may have walked that they may have walked PLUPERFECT. Que je me fusse promen6. Que tu te fusses promene, Qu'il se flit promene, Que nous nous fussions promenes. Que vous vous fussiez promenes, Qu'ils se fussent promenes, that I might have walked that thou mightest have walked that he m,ight have walked that we might have walked that you might have walked that they might have walked Infinitive Mode. Preseito. — Se promener, ^.^ Past. — S'etre promene, \J/ Partioiplb. Present. — Se promenant. Compound. — S'6tant promene, Past. — Promene, m. Promene,/. Promenes, m. pi. Promenees,/.^ to walk to have walked xvalking having walked walked a'His Book Due YA 00253 THE UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY